1eso Geography and History WM Teacher's Book
1eso Geography and History WM Teacher's Book
and History
                                                          S ECO NDARY
TEACHER’S BOOK
WRITERS
Pilar Moralejo
Francisco Javier Zabaleta
EDITORS
Sara J. Checa
Joseph Hopkins
Gabriela Martín
Virginia R. Mitchell
Heather Sutton
EDITORIAL MANAGER
David Ramírez
PROJECT DIRECTOR
Lourdes Etxebarria
TECNOLOGÍA Y DIGITALIZACIÓN I ESO Material cortesía de                    . Prohibida su redistribución física y/o comunicación a través de internet o redes sociales.                             3
Technology and the geographic
             study of the Earth   1
           1                       Technology and the geographic
                                   study of the Earth
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                8
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                         Sheet 1. The solar system .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                   10
                                   •     Techniques
                                         Sheet 4. Scale and geographic coordinates. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                  13
                                   •     Go further
                                         Sheet 5. Have maps always looked the same? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                        14
                                   Extension
                                         Sheet 6. Can we live on another planet? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                            15
                                         Sheet 7. Let's plan a trip! .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                              16
                                         Sheet 8. The Indies Enterprise .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                       18
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                    21
                                   Assessment
                                   • Assessment tests
                                         Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   22
                                         Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    24
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                       7
       1
                             STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 9
    STARTING POINT
      The International Space Station (ISS), an example of research with international cooperation. Since
    • 
      its launch in 1998, the International Space Station, a collaboration between the space agencies of the United
      States of America, the European Union, Canada, Russia and Japan, has served as a research laboratory in fields
      such as astrobiology, astronomy, physical sciences, biology, medicine and meteorology. It also has educational
      and outreach functions. To this end, the ISS develops educational guides so that students from all over the
      world can deepen their knowledge of space, life, and the Earth. The ISS also conducts experiments developed
      by students.
    • S
       pace exploration is a source of geographic knowledge and technological advances. The infographic
      on the first pages of the Student's Book shows that space exploration, which began just over 60 years ago,
      has contributed and continues to contribute to our geographic knowledge of the universe. Milestones in this
      process are the arrival of humans on the Moon, the launch of the Hubble Space Telescope and the landing
      of the first unpiloted ships on Mars. At the same time, space exploration has made it possible to deploy
      satellites for navigation, location, telecommunications and Earth observation. These have had a direct impact
      on our lives.
8         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Personalised
                                                                       learning
                                                                       Reinforcement
                                                                       Extension
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   9
                                                                                                          TECHNOLOGY AND THE GEOGRAPHIC
     SHEET 1           REINFORCEMENT                                                                           STUDY OF THE EARTH
                                                                                    6                        7
                                                            4                                                                      8                    9             10
                                   2           3                        5
Number Element of the solar system Number Element of the solar system
1 6
2 7
3 8
4 9
5 10
       • our planet had liquid water and a moderate temperature, but it did not have
         an atmosphere?
       • the Earth was further from the Sun? What would happen to all the living
          things on Earth?
       • living things could only exist in the part of the biosphere between altitudes
          of 6,000 and 10,000 metres (marked on the diagram with a grey line)?
10              GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                           TECHNOLOGY AND THE GEOGRAPHIC
    SHEET 2        REINFORCEMENT                                                                                STUDY OF THE EARTH
                                                                                    What is it? 
                                                                                    
                                                                                    
                                                                                    
                                                                                    What is it formed of? 
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   11
                                                                                                       TECHNOLOGY AND THE GEOGRAPHIC
     SHEET 3       REINFORCEMENT                                                                            STUDY OF THE EARTH
Movement: Movement:
12          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                   TECHNOLOGY AND THE GEOGRAPHIC
    SHEET 4           REINFORCEMENT                                                                                                                     STUDY OF THE EARTH
                      Techniques
      Name:                                                                                                                          Year:                      Date:
180º 150º 120º 90º 60º 30º 0º 30º 60º 90º 120º 150º
Arctic Circle
                                                                               London
                40º                                                                                             Rome                                                                40º
Tropic of Cancer
20º 20º
              0º Equator                                                                                                                                                                   0º
                                                          Quito                                                 Kinshasa
              20º                                                    Rio de Janeiro                                                                                                       20º
                                                                                                                                                         Scale
                                                                                                                                                       0      2.100
     • What type of map is it? What elements of a map can you see? Write them on the map.
                                         959069_01_p19_mundi_localizacion
     • What type of scale does the map have? What does it mean?
     • What meridians and parallels can you find on the map?
London-Rio de Janeiro
Rome-St Petersburg
Sydney-Kinshasa
Quito-Rome
                                                                                                                              180º                                0º
3    Answer the questions.                                                                                                                 120º      60º                            60º         120º
     • Look at the map on the right. Is the scale larger or smaller                                                    60º                                                                            60º
        than the map in Activity 1? What does that mean?
                                                                                                                  40º                                                                                    40º
     • Does anywhere in Spain have a southern latitude?
        Why or why not?                                                                                          20º                                                                                         20º
                                                                                                                 0º                                                                                          0º
     • Give three examples of situations in which knowing
                                                                                                                 20º                                                                                         20º
        the geographic coordinates of a place could be useful.
                                                                                                                  40º
                                                                                                                                                             Scale                                       40º
                                                                                                                                                           0      3.500
                                                                                                                                                                   ,
                      Go further
         Name:                                                                           Year:                            Date:
Atlas by Conrad Malte-Brun (1875) Map by Ptolomeo (2nd century) Portolan by Juan de la Cosa (1500)
Es una captura
Map by al-Idrisi (1154) Map on Google Maps (2022) Map by Mercator (1569)
      • What is shown on each of the maps? Are they accurate? Do they have coordinates?
      • Look up an interesting fact about each map.
      • Look for other maps and make a timeline of them. Include the maps above on your timeline.
2     Over time, map projections have changed. Read the following article and complete the table.
      https://verne.elpais.com/verne/2019/10/16/articulo/1571230321_350004.html
Mercator
Peters
Robinson
Narukawa
     3   Work together.
            o to the web site Other cartographies and choose one of the maps made by women that most catches
         • G
           your attention. Look for information about it and write an article. Don't forget to include:
            – Why that woman decided to make the map and what her map is like.
            – What problems, if any, she had.
         • N
            ow visit the web site http://madridciudaddelasmujeres.es/. What places surprised you most? Did you already
           know about one of the places? How?
         • U
            se your research to draw your own map as a group. Focus on your own neighbourhood and add new
           aspects that might be interesting.
14           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                               TECHNOLOGY AND THE GEOGRAPHIC
  SHEET 6         EXTENSION
                                                                                                                    STUDY OF THE EARTH
   Nombre:
     Name:                                                                                      Curso:
                                                                                                Year:                             Fecha:
                                                                                                                                 Date:
   How did Galileo            When was the MIR              What are the most                      What satellites orbit                      What missions have
   Galilei improve the        space station                 impressive images                      Mars? What did the                         taken place
   telescope? What did        launched? What                taken by the Hubble                    Mars rovers do?                            recently? What
   he discover with the       were its objectives?          Space Telescope?                                                                  planned missions
   telescope?                 Is it still active?                                                                                             are there?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of           . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   15
     SHEET 7            EXTENSION
     Imagine you get a job as a driver for Google Street View cars. The company has prepared a route for you to follow
     to photograph the streets of different places around the world.
180º 150º 120º 90º 60º 30º 0º 30º 60º 90º 120º 150º
Arctic Circle
                                                                                  London
                  40º                                                                                          Rome                                                               40º
Tropic of Cancer
20º 20º
                0º Equator                                                                                                                                                               0º
                                                            Quito                                              Kinshasa
                                                                                                                                                         Scale
                                                                                                                                                       0      2.100
      • You have been assigned these cities. Give their approximate coordinates. One of the cities is missing from the map.
         Look up its coordinates and add it to the map.
                                                               959069_01_p19_mundi_localizacion
        – London. Latitude:                                         Longitude:                                     – Quito. Latitude:                                              Longitude:
        – Kinshasa. Latitude:                                       Longitude:                                     – St Petersburg. Latitude:                                     Longitude:
        – Rome. Latitude:                                           Longitude:                                     – Sydney. Latitude:                                            Longitude:
        – Rio de Janeiro. Latitude:                                 Longitude:                                     – Sevilla. Latitude:                                           Longitude:
      • In which hemisphere (north or south, east or west) is each city located?
      • You will visit every city. Calculate the distance you will have to travel between the following cities.
         Which journey is the longest? Which is the shortest?
Quito-Rio de Janeiro
London-Sevilla
Rome-St Petersburg
Kinshasa-Sydney
16          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                              . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                            TECHNOLOGY AND THE GEOGRAPHIC
                                                                                                                 STUDY OF THE EARTH
2 You have also been given the dates of your journeys and the time your flights leave.
3   You have arrived in Rome and must organise your route around the city. Find Rome on Google Maps to help answer
    the questions.
    • What river flows through Rome?
    • If you go from Sant'Angelo Castle to the Roman Colosseum,
       which other major monuments will you pass?
    • If you have reached the Roma Termini train station,
       what route should you take to the Trevi Fountain?
    • What route would you take to arrive at the Piazza
       del Popolo?
    • Which of the two destinations is quicker by car?
       Which is closer to the station?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   17
                                                                                                   TECHNOLOGY AND THE GEOGRAPHIC
     SHEET 8         EXTENSION
                                                                                                        STUDY OF THE EARTH
READ
     […] I think of my proud reaction that day in 1469, and          names on a chain of tiny islands off the coast of a part
     I tell myself that it played a part in the history of the       of Africa called Senegal.
     world. Without that moment of self-assertion, I would
                                                                     Over the next few days, my new comrades' jealousy
     never have benefitted from Master Andrea's vast
                                                                     grew. It filled the studio, as palpable as a coming
     knowledge. And my brother Christopher would not
                                                                     thunderstorm. My comrades were, after all, older than
     have had that advantage either. Without that
                                                                     me and a thousand times more experienced. But they
     knowledge, would he have undertaken the unlikely
                                                                     could not bear the way Master Andrea, their master,
     adventure of his voyage?
                                                                     kept coming back to watch me write and especially
     Returning to myself as a little Genoese lad, standing           when he spoke to me. Even so long afterwards, I can
     with my fingers clutching my little woollen cap,                remember our conversations exactly.
     shifting from foot to foot in front of the greatest
                                                                     "Where did you learn to write so small?"
     cartographer in Lisbon. I know..., I know... What else
     could I say if I didn't know anything?                          "By practising."
     "I can write very small." The idea had come to me all of        "But why practise it?"
     a sudden, in the same way as, just before you sink at           "Because I'm afraid."
     sea, you suddenly see a vision of the rock that will save
                                                                     "Afraid of what?"
     you between two waves. I had remembered my only
     talent: ever since I could first hold a pen, I was able to      "Of big things. Things that are bigger than me."
     write tiny but perfect letters.                                 "Why did you want to work with maps?"
     "Show me!"                                                      "Maps exist because they are small."
     Master Andrea told someone to bring me ink and a                "What do you mean?"
     pen. He picked up a scrap of paper, handed it to me
                                                                     "Maps are small compared to the world they describe.
     and folded his arms. I hadn't finished writing Ceuta
     and Algiers before I felt a tap on my shoulder. I was           A map as big as the world would be useless." […]
     hired. I was given a task immediately: to write in all the                The Indies Enterprise, Érik Orsenna, 2011 (Adapted)
QUESTIONS
      • How did Christopher Columbus's brother, Bartholomew,             • What new places did Europeans reach?
         get the job of apprentice cartographer?                          • What role did cartography play in this period?
      • Why did he think the event was so important to the                  What other advances were made in this period?
         history of the world?
                                                                     4    Evaluate.
                                                                          • What are maps mainly used for?
2     Look for information and explain.
                                                                          • What do you use maps for?
      • How were maps made in the 16th century?
         What did they include?                                           • What type of maps do you use?
      • Are they made the same way now?
18           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
Assessment
resources
Self-assessment
Assessment
                  19
      1            SELF-ASSESSMENT
1   The closest planets to the Sun are…                                       7     The projection obtained by drawing the surface
         a. Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune.                                    of the sphere onto a cone is...
                                                                                             1. b, 2. a, 3. c, 4. a, 5. a, 6. b, 7. c, 8. b, 9. b, 10. c.
                                                                                                                                                     ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   21
         1             ASSESSMENT
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          
4 Complete the table with the three layers of the Earth. (1.5 p.)
                   B                                              B
                                   A
Rotation
Revolution
22            GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       TEST B
                                                                                    ian
                            Continental
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  80º
                                                                               Merid
                          Mediterranean
                                                                              Prime
                 COLD CLIMATES
50                                  Polar
     º
                                 Mountain
40º                                                                                                                                                                                                                    º
                 HOT CLIMATES                                                                                                                                                                                     50
                            Subtropical
                             (Canarias)
                                                                              North
                                                                               Sea                                                                                                                                60º
                                                                                                                                                                   3
40               ATLANTIC
     º                                      D
                        OCEAN                                                                                            2
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Caspian
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Sea            40º
                                                                                                                                                           ea
                                                                                                                                                       ck s
                                                                                                                                                    Bla
20º                                                                                                                                                                                                Scale
                                                                                                                                                                                       0            390          780
                                                                                                                                                                               E
                                                                                                                                                                                                 kilometres
                                                                                                           Mediterranean Sea
                                                            0º                                                               20º                                                           40º
– A: – B: – C:
– D: – E:
• If you wanted to go from point 1 to point 2, what distance would you travel?
– 1:
– 2:
– 3:
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                            . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.               23
       1                              ASSESSMENT
     You really like looking at the stars from astronomical observatories, so your parents have suggested you choose
     from three hotels that have observatories to visit for a weekend.
1    Look at the map and find the approximate coordinates of the places they have marked. (1.5 p.)
                      12º               10º               8º                  6º         4º           2º      0º                         2º                4º
                                                                         Cantabrian Sea                                                                                      Place                 Coordinates
                      N     1                                                                                                      FRANCE
                                                                                                             Prime Meridian
       W
                            E
                                                                                                                                                                         A:
      42º
                  S                                                                                                                      C                      42º
                                                                                                                                         •
                      ATLANTIC                                                                                                                                           B:
                                                          A L
                          OCEAN                                                    A                                                                                     C:
      40º                                                                                     D                                                                 40º
                                                      U G
                                                                                   •          •
                                                                                                                                                                         D:
                                                  R T
                                              P O
      38º                                                                                             B                                                         38º
                                                                                                                                                                      • What are geographic coordinates?
                                                                                                      •
                                                                                                                                              a        2                
                                                                                                                                         e
                                                                                                                                     S
                                                                                                               n
                                                                                                           e a                                                          
            29º 18º                     16º                      14º
                                                                                                   r r a n
                                                                                                 e
                                                                                       M e d i t
                                                                                                                                                                36º
                          ATLANTIC OCEAN                           29º                                                                             Scale
                                                                                                                                              0        130              
            28º                                                                                                                      3
                                                                   28º                                     ALGERIA
                                                                              MOROCCO                                                         kilometres
       12º
              18º
                                10º
                                       16º
                                                  8º
                                                                14º
                                                                         6º             4º            2º                      0º                  2º            4º
                                                                                                                                                                        
2    Your place of origin is point D and you want to know the distance of each destination from there. Calculate. (1.5 p.)
                                131046_01_p37_Coordenadas España
       From point D to A:                                                                    From point D to B:                                                            From point D to C:
– 1: – 2: – 3:
3 You would like to go on a weekend in August when there is a meteor shower forecast. (1 p.)
• Would it be the same season if you were travelling to Argentina? Why or why not?
• What is the name of the change from spring to summer? What are its characteristics?
24                GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                                             . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                               TEST A
4 Draw the movement that causes the seasons of the year and write its name. (1 p.)
5   To be able to see the stars well it is necessary to observe them at night. What movement causes days and nights?
    How long does it take the Earth to do this? (1 p.)
     
6   You have found this text about the planets that can be seen from Spain. (1 p.)
                                                                                              • What planets make up the solar system?
         Going out to observe planets is not difficult. They look like
         stars; you just have to know where to look. Venus and Jupiter                            
         are the easiest; when they are in view, they are the brightest
                                                                                                  
         objects in the sky. Others, like Mercury or Saturn, are more
         elusive. But all of them (and Mars too) are within easy reach                            
         of the naked eye. You do not need any special equipment or
         a telescope; you just need to get away from cities and                               • Which can be seen best from Spain?
         population centres to avoid light pollution.
                                                                                                  
                                          https://www.bbvaopenmind.com/
         ciencia/fisica/planetas-las-grandes-estrellas-del-verano/ (Adapted)                      
7   Which outer layer of the Earth can affect astronomical observation? How does its presence influence life on Earth?
    Name the other conditions that make life on our planet possible. (1.5 p.)
8 This is Earth's internal structure. Look at the image and name the main layers. (1.5 p.)
    
    
    
    
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       25
       1             CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                                  Actividades
                              Criterios                                                                                           Saberes relacionados
                                                                            Prueba B             Prueba A
Test B
1     • Solstice and equinox: solstices mark the change from                            B. Hydrosphere. It is all the water that exists on the planet.
         autumn to winter and from spring to summer. At these                            C. Atmosphere. It is the layer of gases that surrounds
         times, the Sun's rays are vertical at one of the tropics.                           the Earth. It is formed by multiple overlapping layers.
         Equinoxes mark the beginning of autumn and spring.                      5       The movement of rotation. It is the movement that Earth
         The Sun's rays are vertical at the Equator.                                     makes when it rotates on its own axis. It takes 24 hours to
      • Parallel and latitude: a parallel is an imaginary circle running                complete this rotation, which causes the days and nights, as
         perpendicular to the meridians, in an east-west direction.                      the Sun's rays reach different areas of the planet as it turns.
         The reference parallel is the Equator. It divides the Earth into
                                                                                         The movement of revolution. It is the movement of the
         the Northern Hemisphere and the Southern Hemisphere.
                                                                                         Earth around the Sun in an elliptical orbit. It takes 365 days
         Latitude is the distance from a parallel to the Equator. It can
                                                                                         and almost 6 hours to complete this revolution: one year. The
         be north or south.
                                                                                         Earth is tilted as it moves around the Sun. Because of this,
2     Earth belongs to the solar system, which is made up of a star,                     the Sun's rays do not always fall at the same angle. This
      the Sun; eight planets: Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter,                      causes the seasons in each hemisphere.
      Saturn, Uranus and Neptune; satellites and other celestial
                                                                                 6       • It is a thematic map of the climates of Europe.
      bodies (dwarf planets, asteroids and comets). In addition,
      many planets have satellites. Earth's satellite is the Moon.                       • Conical projection. This is obtained by projecting the
                                                                                            surface of the sphere onto a cone. It is the projection that
3     The distance from the Sun. The Earth's distance from the Sun                          best represents the areas between the tropics and the
      makes Earth's surface temperature moderate. If it were                                polar circles.
      closer or further away, life would be impossible because
                                                                                         • A. Title; B. Parallels and meridians; C. Key; D. Text labels;
      it would be too hot or too cold.
                                                                                            E. Scale.
      Atmosphere. It regulates the temperature of the Earth's                            • It is a graphic scale. It is expressed by a straight line
      surface, preventing it from getting too hot during the day                            divided into equal segments, usually of 1 cm. The figures
      and too cold at night. In addition, the atmosphere contains                           are usually expressed in kilometres and indicate the actual
      oxygen and nitrogen, which are essential gases for                                    size of each segment. The graphic scale shown indicates
      living things.                                                                        that 1 cm on the map is equivalent to 390 km in reality.
      Water. It is a basic element for the existence of life. Almost                     • 1,950 km.
      three quarters of our planet's surface is covered by water,                        • 1,560 km.
      most of it in liquid form.
                                                                                         • 1: 40º N, 0º E; 2: 50º N, 20º E; 3: 50º N, 40º E.
4     A. Geosphere. It is the solid layer of Earth. It extends from
          the Earth's surface to the centre of the planet.
26           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of               . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    Test A                                                                            7     The atmosphere. This gaseous layer that surrounds the Earth
                                                                                            regulates the Earth's temperature: it prevents it from getting
1   A: 40º N, 5º W; B: 38º N, 2º W; C: 42º N, 2º E; D: 40º N, 3º W.                         too hot during the day and too cold at night. It also contains
    • Geographic coordinates are the latitude and longitude                                gases that are essential for living things. Other factors are:
       of a location. They indicate its exact position on Earth.                            the distance from the Sun, which allows the temperature
       Latitude is the distance from a parallel to the Equator;                             of the Earth's surface to be moderate, and water, which is
       longitude is the distance from a meridian to the                                     essential for living things.
       Prime Meridian.                                                                8     From Earth's surface to its centre there are three layers:
2   • From point D to A: 195 km; from point D to B: 260 km;                                the crust, the mantle and the core.
       and from point D to C: 520 km.                                                       The crust is the thin outer layer of the geosphere, formed
    • 1: Orientation. 2: Text label. 3: Scale.                                             of rock. The continental crust is thicker and more rigid than
    • It is a graphic scale. It is expressed by a straight line                            the oceanic crust and is composed mainly of granite. The
       divided into equal segments, usually of 1 cm. The figures                            oceanic crust is composed almost exclusively of basalt.
       are usually expressed in kilometres and indicate the actual                          The mantle is beneath the crust. The upper mantle contains
       size of each segment. The graphic scale shown indicates                              less dense materials than the lower mantle. The lower mantle
       that 1 cm on the map is equivalent to 130 km in reality.                             can reach temperatures of 3,000 ºC.
    • It is a cylindrical projection. This is obtained by projecting
                                                                                            The core is the deepest layer and extends to the centre
       the surface of the sphere onto a cylinder.
                                                                                            of the Earth. It is made of iron and nickel. The outer core
3   • In summer.                                                                           is in a liquid state, while the inner core is solid.
    • No, in the Southern Hemisphere it would be winter.
    • Solstice. It takes place around the 21st of June, when the
       Sun's rays are perpendicular to one of the tropics, and one
       hemisphere receives much more sunlight than the other.
4   Individual Drawing (I. D.). The movement of revolution.
5   The movement of rotation. It is the movement that Earth
    makes when it rotates on its own axis. It takes 24 hours to
    complete this rotation, which causes the days and nights, as
    the Sun's rays reach different areas of the planet as it turns.
6   • Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus
       and Neptune.
    • Venus and Jupiter are the easiest to see. Mercury, Saturn
       and Mars are more elusive, but can be seen with the
       naked eye.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                 . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   27
How the Earth's relief
 affects populations     2
           2                       How the Earth's relief
                                   affects populations
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                 32
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                        Sheet 1. Type of relief .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                            34
                                   •    Techniques
                                        Sheet 2. Relief map of the world . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                               35
                                   •    Go further
                                        Sheet 4. Mountain climbing. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                          37
                                   Extension
                                        Sheet 5. Has the Earth changed since its formation? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                                 38
                                        Sheet 6. Changed by people or nature?.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                            39
                                        Sheet 7. A Journey to the Centre of the Earth .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                               40
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                   43
                                   Assessment
                                   • Assessment tests
                                        Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   44
                                        Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    46
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                        31
        2
                               STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 10
     STARTING POINT
       Plate tectonics leaves visible traces on the landscape. This is the message introduced by the photo on
     • 
       the first page of the unit. Careful observation of the relief makes it possible to detect the traces left by plate
       movements.
       In Iceland, the Mid-Atlantic Ridge that separates the Eurasian and African plates from the North American
       and South American plates emerges from the ocean and crosses the island from north to south. The movement
       of the plates separating causes the crack to enlarge about two centimetres per year. For this reason, Iceland
       is a territory of great volcanic and tectonic activity.
     • Natural disaster prevention capacity is directly related to development. The infographic at the
        beginning of the unit shows that the differences in the level of development of countries directly affect their
        ability to cope with the consequences of natural disasters.
       In the cases mentioned, Japan suffered an earthquake of greater magnitude and for three times as long.
       However, despite the fact that Japan's population is 11 times that of Haiti, the death toll was 20 times lower.
       The socio-economic data from both countries presented in the infographic allows us to relate these figures
       to the degree of development.
32          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
Personalised
Personalización
del aprendizaje
learning
Refuerzo y apoyo
Reinforcement
Ampliación y enriquecimiento
Extension
                                                                                                               HOW THE EARTH'S RELIEF
     SHEET 1       REINFORCEMENT                                                                               AFFECTS POPULATIONS
Type of relief
 1    Label the features of continental, coastal and oceanic relief.
mountain
2 Complete the following table with the relief features from the diagram above.
Mountain continental
Mountain range
34          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                       HOW THE EARTH'S RELIEF
    SHEET 2         REINFORCEMENT                                                                                      AFFECTS POPULATIONS
                    Techniques
          Name:                                                                                 Year:                       Date:
                2,000 metres
                  500 metres
                    0 metres
     • Where is the highest mountain range in the world? Find it on the map.
     • Where is the highest plateau in the world? What is it called?
     • What is the biggest island in the world? Find it on the map.
     • What is the coastal relief of Europe like? What about Africa?
                                         613233T02P003
     • Where are the mountains of the American continent located? What did you look for in order to answer?
2    Draw the Earth's main tectonic plates on the map. Then answer:
     • Look for an example of a mountain that was created by the collision of two plates.
     • Which two plates formed the San Andreas Fault in the Pacific Ocean?
     • Based on the tectonic plates, which areas of Spain are most at risk of earthquakes?
3 Give an example of each element in the table for each continent and then draw them on the map from Activity 1.
Africa
America
Asia
Europe
Oceania
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   35
                                                                                                             HOW THE EARTH'S RELIEF
     SHEET 3         REINFORCEMENT                                                                           AFFECTS POPULATIONS
• What are they? • What are they? • What are they? • What are they?
Formation
        erosion                                                FORMATION
                             deposition                       AND CHANGES
                                                                OF RELIEF
                  transportation
Changes
                                                                                              Water                                                  Living
                     Wind                           Temperature
                                                                                                                                                     things
• Rivers • Plants
• Seas • Animals
• Groundwater • Humans
36          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                       HOW THE EARTH'S RELIEF
    SHEET 4        REINFORCEMENT                                                                                       AFFECTS POPULATIONS
                   Go further
          Name:                                                                                Year:                       Date:
Mountain climbing
 1    You will investigate why various people decided to climb mountains. Read the texts.
A                                                                             C
     Horace-Bénédict de Saussure. The philosopher-                                 Alexander von Humboldt. Humboldt and his
     geologist Saussure is considered the pioneer of                               assistant Bonpland spent six days in Tenerife,
     mountain climbing.                                                            Santa Cruz, Laguna, Puerto Orotava and on the
     In 1760 he offered a reward to the first person who                           peak of Teide, between the 19th and 25th June
     could find a path to the summit of Mont Blanc and                             1799, before leaving for America. In his texts we
     climb it. On 8th August 1786, Jacques Balmat and                              can see that he mixes the objective with the
     Dr Michel-Gabriel Paccard finally reached the                                 subjective. Teide attracted his attention, as it was
     summit of Mont Blanc. On 3rd August 1787,                                     the first active volcano he had ever seen.
     Saussure himself reached the summit and was the                               He wrote, "The morning was grey and damp [...],
     first to calculate the altitude. He also carried out                          when suddenly the blanket of clouds was torn
     numerous investigations into atmospheric                                      away; through the opening appeared the sky of a
     pressure in the mountains.                                                    lovely blue. And in the midst of that blue, as if it
                                                                                   were not part of the Earth, as if the perspective
                                                                                   were opening up to a strange world [...], the peak
B                                                                                  of Mount Teide appeared to us in all its majesty."
     Marie Paradis. If it was Saussure who carried out
     the first measurement on Mont Blanc, Paradis was
     the first woman to reach the summit. Marie                               D
     Paradis completed this challenge on 14th July 1808,                           Katia Krafft. If Humboldt was among the first to
     and is considered the first female mountaineer in                             investigate Teide, Krafft and her husband were
     history. However, her humble origins meant she                                pioneers in the recording of images of active volcanoes,
     did not receive recognition for her achievement.                              which allowed volcanoes to be studied in greater
     The credit was given to the mountaineer Henriette                             depth. Their findings also improved evacuation
     D'Angeville, a French noblewoman, who climbed                                 procedures in the event of an eruption. She died in the
     this peak in 1838.                                                            eruption of Mount Unzen in Japan in 1991.
2     Read the first two texts. Investigate and answer.                        4    Look for more information about Humboldt
      • Why is Saussure considered the founder                                     and answer the questions.
         of mountain climbing?                                                      • When did Humboldt visit the Islas Canarias? Was
      • What mountain did Saussure climb?                                              it before or after Saussure climbed Mont Blanc?
         Why did he climb it?                                                       • How does Humboldt describe Teide? Why was
      • What else did Saussure investigate in the Alps?                                he so impressed by the mountain?
      • Who was the first woman to reach the top of Mont                           • What was Humboldt's main area of investigation?
         Blanc? Do you think it was easy for her? Who took
                                                                                    • How was Teide formed? When did it last erupt?
         credit for the achievement?
                                                                               5    Now read the text about Katia Krafft and investigate.
3     Mont Blanc is one of the tallest mountains in Europe.
                                                                                    • Find out Krafft's contributions to volcanology.
      • What is the tallest mountain in Europe?
                                                                                        What was so special about her work?
      • What are the main characteristics of
                                                                                    • What foundations did Katia Krafft and her
         the European mountains?
                                                                                        husband set up? What was the purpose
      • Look for information and explain how Mont Blanc
                                                                                        of the foundations?
         was formed.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   37
                                                                                                                 HOW THE EARTH'S RELIEF
     SHEET 5        EXTENSION
                                                                                                                 AFFECTS POPULATIONS
1 Read the text on the theory of continental drift proposed by Alfred Wegener in 1915.
2     The cartographer and geologist Marie Tharp played an important role in demonstrating Wegener's theory.
      • Find out who Marie Tharp was and what she did.
      • When was her role recognised?
      • How did she help prove the theory of continental drift?
      • Explain the main characteristics of oceanic relief.
3     The theory of continental drift was proved by the theory of plate tectonics.
      • Look at the images. Then look for information and match them to the landforms they gave rise to.
A B C
      • Plate movements can also cause earthquakes. The table shows those with the greatest intensity. Write down which plates
         the places in the table are located between. Explain to your partner some of the effects the earthquakes had.
38           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                         HOW THE EARTH'S RELIEF
    SHEET 6          EXTENSION
                                                                                                                         AFFECTS POPULATIONS
     In Spain there are numerous places that have been shaped by external agents such as water, the temperature,
     the wind and human beings. Would you like to discover some of them?
A B C
D E F
G H I
     (A) Mallos de Riglos (Huesca), (B) playa de las Catedrales (Lugo), (C) Torcal de Antequera (Málaga), (D) las Médulas (León),
     (E) Pilares de los órganos (La Gomera), (F) Cuevas de Drach (Mallorca), (G) dunas de Bolonia (Cádiz), (H) Bardenas Reales (Navarra),
     (I) cañón de los Almadenes (Cieza).
1       Look at the photos. Look for information about the places and locate them on a map of Spain.
        Then complete a fact file like this for three of the places.
Place:
An interesting fact:
2       Look for information about an area near where you live that has been visibly changed by human activity
        and make a report.
        • Why do you think humans modify the environment in which they live?
        • What changes have been made to the area you have chosen?
        • What consequences have there been?
        • If the changes have been negative for the environment, have they tried to correct the changes?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   39
                                                                                                                 HOW THE EARTH'S RELIEF
     SHEET 7          EXTENSION
                                                                                                                 AFFECTS POPULATIONS
1     Read the following extract from A Journey to the Centre of the Earth (1864) by the French writer Jules Verne.
      Then answer the questions below.
b. Complete the table with the characteristics of the centre of the Earth, according to Jules Verne.
Relief
Water
Weather
Vegetation
Fauna
c. Would it really be possible to travel to the centre of the Earth? What would you find?
d. According to your textbook, what is the deepest layer of the Earth called?
40            GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
Assessment
Recursos  para
la evaluación
resources
Autoevaluación
Self-assessment
Pruebas de evaluación
Assessment
     2             SELF-ASSESSMENT
         c.	
            areas of land at a lower altitude than                                           b.	a crack in the Earth's crust. Materials from inside
            the surrounding land.                                                               the Earth are expelled through these openings.
                                                                                             c.	
                                                                                                an undulation that occurs in the rigid materials
2   A cape is…                                                                                  of the Earth's crust.
         a. a part of the sea that extends into the land.
                                                                               7     An earthquake is…
         b. a part of the coast that extends into the sea.
                                                                                             a. a sudden vibration of the Earth's crust.
         c. an area of land surrounded by water on all sides.
                                                                                             b. a collision between mountains.
3   Ocean trenches are…                                                                      c.	
                                                                                                a point on the Earth's surface that is closest
                                                                                                to the tectonic plate.
         a. long, deep cracks in the abyssal plain.
         b.	submerged mountain ranges found in                                8     Transportation consists of…
            the abyssal plains.
                                                                                             a.	
                                                                                                the deposition of materials broken down
         c.	
            plateaus that begin at the coast and descend                                        by external agents.
            to a depth of 200 metres.
                                                                                             b.	the movement of materials broken down
                                                                                                by external agents.
4   Tectonic plates are…
                                                                                             c.	
                                                                                                the process by which rocks break down,
         a. static plates inside the Earth.
                                                                                                fragment, and dissolve.
         b.	thin pieces of the Earth's crust in continuous
            movement.                                                          9     The external agents that transform relief are…
         c. rocky, high and steep coastal areas.                                            a. wind, temperature, water and living things.
                                                                                             b. wind, climate, ocean trenches and faults.
5   A fault is…
                                                                                             c. earthquakes, wind and people.
         a.	
            a fracture in the rigid materials
            of the Earth's crust.
                                                                              10     Human beings live mainly…
         b.	an undulation in the less rigid materials
            of the Earth's crust.                                                            a. on valleys and plains.
                                                                                             1. c, 2. b, 3. a, 4. b, 5. a, 6. b, 7. a, 8. b, 9. a, 10. a.
                                                                                                                                                      ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   43
         2           ASSESSMENT
2 Look at the photos. Write what kind of relief they correspond to and what features you see in them. (1 p.)
A B
Landforms: Landforms:
• Fold:
• Fault:
44            GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                  TEST B
Transportation
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                        
9 What type of external agent has acted in each of these places and how? (1 p.)
A B C
10 Choose the correct statements about the relationship between relief and humans. (0.5 p.)
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of           . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.        45
     2                    ASSESSMENT
1 Read the text about an earthquake in Chile in 1960, the largest in history so far. Answer the questions. (1 p.)
       On Sunday, 22nd May 1960, Chile suffered the most powerful earthquake in recorded history. It was
       3.11 pm, and for about 10 minutes ferocious jolts were felt along 1,000 of Chile's nearly 5,000 kilometres
       of Pacific coast.
       The earthquake had a magnitude of 9.5, and released energy equivalent to 20,000 Hiroshima bombs.
       The resulting tsunami, with waves of up to 25 metres tall, caused devastation and buried coastal towns.
       The relief of Chile changed. Some towns sank and other areas rose several metres; a volcano erupted
       and several rivers changed their course.
                                                                                                                                                                          BBC, 20th May 2020
• What is an earthquake?
• When did this earthquake take place? What magnitude did it reach on the Richter scale?
2 Look at the map of the tectonic plates and answer the questions. (1.5 p.)
       
                                                                                                                        RO
                                                                                                                                                                                   Askja
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         E U R A S IAN P L A T E
                                                                                                                          CKY
Hekla
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      AY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 LT
                                                                                                        Saint Helens                                                                                                                         A
                                                                                                                                              N OR T H
                                                                                                                                                                                              A LP S                                                                                  P A C IF IC
                                                                                                 PACIFIC                   Lassen Peak
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Elbrus
                                                                                                                                      A M E R I C A N P LA T E
                                                                                                                           MOUNT
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            SH
                                                                                                  P LA T E                                                               Fayal                     Vesuvius                                                            Mount Fuji        P L AT E
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        KU
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          IRANIAN           HI
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        U
                                                                                                                                                                                           S                                                  M
                                                                                                                                                                            Teide ATLA
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Etna
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           PLATE                  AL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ND
                                                                                                                             AI
AY
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   HI
                                                                                                                                 NS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            AS            PHILIPPINE
                                                                                                  Mauna Loa                           Popocatépetl                                                                  ARABIAN                                                 PLATE
       
                                                                                                                                          CARIBBEAN                                                                  PLATE
                                                                                                                      Paracutín                         Pelée
                                                                                                                                            PLATE
                                                                                                                                 COCOS                  La Grande                                                                                                    Pinatubo
                                                                                                                                 PLATE                  Soufrière
                                                                                                                                                 Nevado del Ruiz                  Cameroon
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Kilimanjaro
                                                                                                                                                Cotopaxi                                        Ngorongoro                                                             Merapi
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Krakatau
                                                                                                                                                                                   Ascensión
     • Which plates affect Chile (on the west coast of South America)?
                                                                                                                                                                                               AFRICAN
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    RG
                                                                                                                                                     Sajama
                                                                                                                                   NAZCA
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  BE
                                                                                                                                                          SOUTH AMERICAN                        PLATE
                                                                                                                                   P LA T E                                                                    NS
                                                                                                                                                      ANDES
                                                                                                                                                                                                            KE
                                                                                                                                                                 PLATE                                                                                           INDO-AUSTRALIAN PLATE
                                                                                                                                                                                                        A
                                                                                                                                                                                                        R
                                                                                                                                                                                                        D
           
                                                                                                     Areas of seismic activity                       Corcovado
                                                                                                     Important volcano
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 A N T A R CT IC P L AT E
• Many faults have also formed in this area. What are they?
           
                                                                                                                                                                                 843135U2p21
3    The text says that the earthquake caused a volcano to erupt. Chile is a zone with thousands of volcanoes. Nevado Ojos
     del Salado is the highest peak. Complete the index card. (1.5 p.)
46                 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                             TEST A
4   The relief of Chile is very diverse because it is located between tectonic plates. Answer these questions to learn
    more about it. (2 p.)
    • Nevado Ojos del Salado volcano is located in the Andes mountain range.
• The country also has numerous volcanic islands that form an archipelago.
• One of the islands, Easter Island, emerged from the East Pacific Rise. What is a mid-ocean ridge
5   The Andes mountain range has suffered great erosion over time. Explain the external processes
    that transform relief. (1 p.)
Process
6   The photos show other areas of Chile that have also been transformed by different external agents.
    Which agents are involved in each case? Explain them. (1.5 p).
A B
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                                                             
7   As you have read in the text, in Chile, earthquakes cause many changes to places where people live.
    How does relief influence human beings? (1.5 p.)
    
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of      . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.        47
     2               CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                                Actividades
                            Criterios                                                                                            Saberes relacionados
                                                                      Prueba B               Prueba A
Test B
 1   • Mountain range and mid-ocean ridge: a mountain                                  forces. When the plates move, they can move apart, slide
       range is a group of mountains in the continental relief,                         over each other or collide. When two plates collide, it can
       while a mid-ocean ridge is a large submerged mountain                            lead to the formation of large mountain ranges. Earthquakes
       range. The peaks of the highest ridges can rise above                            and volcanoes are common in areas where plates come
       the surface and form islands.                                                    into contact.
     • Gulf and bay: both are places where the sea extends                         5   • Fold: it is an undulation in the Earth's crust that occurs
       into the land but a gulf is larger than a bay.                                      when the Earth's internal forces act on materials that are
     • Plain and plateau: a plain is flat land at low altitude                            not very rigid.
       and a plateau is flat land at a higher altitude than                               Fault: it occurs when the Earth's crust cracks or
                                                                                        • 
       sea level.                                                                           fractures into blocks when the Earth's internal forces
 2   Photo A. Coastal relief. I.D. Top, cape; centre, gulf; bottom,                         act on rigid materials.
     island.                                                                        6   It is a volcano. Volcanoes are cracks in the Earth's crust.
     Photo B. Continental relief. I.D. Top left, valley; right,                         Materials from inside the Earth are expelled through these
     mountain; bottom, plain.                                                           openings at high temperatures.
 3   The continental shelf is a gently sloping surface that                             On the left, from top to bottom: ash, vent and magma.
     descends to a depth of about 200 metres and ends in a steep                        On the right, from top to bottom: crater, volcanic cone
     drop called the continental slope. The abyssal plain forms the                     and lava.
     ocean floor and is located at a depth of between 3,000 and                     7   It shows a seismograph recording an earthquake. An
     7,000 metres. Submerged mountain ranges, called mid-ocean                          earthquake is a sudden vibration of the Earth's crust caused
     ridges, are usually found there. The highest peaks of the                          by the collision of tectonic plates, fault movements or
     ridges can rise above the surface and form islands. Ocean                          volcanic eruptions.
     trenches are long, deep cracks in the abyssal plain.                           8   Erosion: it is when rocks wear down, fragment or dissolve.
 4   According to this theory, the Earth's crust is made up of                          Transportation: it is when the eroded material is moved.
     tectonic plates of different sizes and a few kilometres thick.
                                                                                        Deposition: it is when the eroded material is deposited
     They are continuously moving due to the Earth's internal
                                                                                        in a different place.
48          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                  . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
9    In photo A the main agent is wind, which transports sand                        6     Photo A. Water is the agent in this photo. Both the water
     and can form dunes.                                                                   in the glacier that has been eroding the ground, and the
                                                                                           sea water.
     In photo B the main agent is the sea water that has formed
     the cliffs.                                                                           Photo B. Wind and temperatures are the agents in this photo.
                                                                                           Wind breaks down rocks, removing sand particles, which
     In photo C the main agent is the roots of the trees that break
                                                                                           then collide with other rocks, polishing and shaping them.
     up the rocks.
                                                                                           In addition, wind transports the sand and deposits it, forming
10   People mainly settle in valleys and on plains. True.                                  dunes or sandy soils. Temperature breaks down the rocks
     Mountains are inhabited by 80 % of the world's population.                            and makes them into sand.
     False.                                                                          7     The population of the Earth is unevenly distributed, because
     Human activities change the relief very little. False.                                human beings are influenced by relief. For this reason, they
     People use technology to adapt the relief to their needs. True.                       mainly populate areas near water courses in regions with
                                                                                           moderate climates and a relief that facilitates human
                                                                                           activities. That is why most of the population lives near
     Test A
                                                                                           the coast and 80 % of people live at altitudes below 500 m.
1    • An earthquake is a sudden vibration of the Earth's crust
       caused by the collision of tectonic plates, fault
       movements or volcanic eruptions.
     • Sunday, 22nd May 1960. It reached 9.5 on
       the Richter Scale.
     • Some towns sank and other areas rose several metres; a
       volcano erupted and several rivers changed their course.
2    • See answer to activity 4 of Test B.
     • The Nazca plate and the South American plate.
     • They are fractures in the Earth's crust that form when
       the Earth's internal forces act on very rigid materials.
3    • What a volcano is: a crack in the Earth's crust through
        which materials are expelled from inside the Earth at high
        temperatures.
     • Type of volcano: dormant.
     • Parts of the volcano: A: ash and smoke; B: lava; C: vent;
       D: magma; E: crater; F: volcanic cone.
4    • It is a type of continental relief: a group of mountains.
     • Mountains, plains, plateaus, depressions, etc.
     • No, an island is an area of land surrounded by water
       on all sides, while an archipelago is a group of islands.
     • A mid-ocean ridge is a large submerged mountain
       range, while a mountain is on the surface.
5    See answer to activity 8 of Test B.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of               . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   49
50   GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                            The challenge
                                                        of climate change                                                                                      3
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   51
           3
                                   The challenge of climate change
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                54
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                         Sheet 1. The elements of climate and weather.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                       56
                                         Sheet 2. The challenge of climate change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                                                        57
                                   •     Go further
                                         Sheet 4. When shall we take a trip?. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                   59
                                   •     Techniques
                                         Sheet 5. Make and interpret a climate graph. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                   60
                                   Extension
                                         Sheet 6. Have you heard of El Niño?.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                     61
                                         Sheet 7. Fighting to protect the environment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                   62
                                   	Sheet 8. A real change. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                64
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                   67
                                   Assessment
                                   • Assessment tests
                                         Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   68
                                         Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    70
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                       53
       3
                              STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 13
The unit analyses both the factors involved in the                       This challenge allows students to better
formation of climates and the human processes leading                    understand the difficulties of reaching agreements
to air pollution and global warming. In addition, the                    that affect us all.
serious effects of climate change are presented.                         At the same time, it allows them to strengthen
Knowledge of these is essential to understanding the                     their values scales and appreciate the prevalence
urgent need for action to help to combat climate change                  of the measures adopted by the collective over
and its effects.                                                         individual wishes and interests.
     STARTING POINT
       Global warming causes biodiversity loss. The photo at the beginning of the unit seeks to make students
     • 
       reflect on the consequences of climate change for the planet. Extreme weather events, such as droughts, floods
       and hurricanes, are increasing significantly. Droughts cause desertification in many areas, resulting in a loss of
       biodiversity. But the problem goes further: as soils are depleted, droughts also generate climate migration and
       create international tensions.
     • H
        uman activity is causing major changes on Earth. The infographic at the beginning of the unit provides
       several historical series of data that demonstrate the behaviour of fundamental variables in order to understand
       climate change. On the one hand, there is the exponential increase in population and human activity, whose
       growth curve is very similar to that of CO2 emissions. On the other hand, the rise in sea level and the average
       temperatures of the oceans and the land surface. Human intervention is a direct cause of the processes that are
       destabilising the Earth's climate and causing global warming. Understanding the scope of these phenomena
       is the indispensable first step to incorporating into our lives environmentally-friendly habits and conscious
       action against climate change.
54         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Personalised
                                                                       learning
                                                                       Reinforcement
                                                                       Extension
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   55
     SHEET 1        REINFORCEMENT                                                                     THE CHALLENGE OF CLIMATE CHANGE
2 Complete the table with the factors that affect temperature, precipitation and atmospheric pressure.
Latitude
Altitude
Other
3 Look at the diagram and complete it with the Earth's climate zones.
56           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of      . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    SHEET 2          REINFORCEMENT                                                                             THE CHALLENGE OF CLIMATE CHANGE
                                                        A. 
                                                           
                        A
                                                        B. 
                                     C
                                                           
                                                        C. 
                 B
                                                           
4 Write down the type of air pollution associated with each photo.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   57
     SHEET 3         REINFORCEMENT                                                                      THE CHALLENGE OF CLIMATE CHANGE
                                                                                                     Layer:
                                                                                                    Characteristics:
                                                                                                     Layer:
                                                                                                    Characteristics:
                                                                                                     Layer:
                                                                                                    Characteristics:
                                                                                                     Layer:
                                                                                                    Characteristics:
                                                                                                     Layer:
                                                                                                    Characteristics:
                         Climate:                              Climate:
                         Temperature:                          Temperature:                                         Climate:
58          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                                              H
    SHEET 4                     REINFORCEMENT                                                                                                        THE CHALLENGE OF CLIMATE CHANGE                                               L
                                                                                                                                                                                  1,020
                                                                                                                                                                                 1,016
Go further L H
                                                                                                                                                                  1,000
                                                                                                                                                                                     1,0                                   1,020
                                                                                                                                                                                          12
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   1,016
      Name:                                                                                                                            Year:                               Date:
                                                                                                                                                                                              1,000
                                                                                                                                                                                 1,00
1    Your school is preparing for a trip to the countryside. Look at the weather maps.
                                                                                                                                                              1,0
                                                                                                                                                                                          4
                                                                                                                                                                 12
                                L
       A                            1,004
                                                                                         B                                                                                   Cold front               Warm front             Isobars
                                                                                                                  H
                                1,008                                                                                                                    L
                                                                                                      1,020
      L                                                                                              1,016                                                                • What do the maps show?
          4
       00
                                                                                    L                                                                H
                                                                                         1,000
                                                                                                         1,0
                                                                                                              12
                                                                                                                                                 1,020                    • Where are the high and low
       1,0
          12
                                                                                                                                         1,016
                                                                                                                                                                        131046_03_p73_mapa_tiem
                                                                                                                                                                             pressures?
                                                                  H                                                                                                       • On which map does the Península
           1,016
                            H                            1,0
                                                            20   1,0
                                                                       24
                           1,020                                                                                                                                             Ibérica have high pressure?
                           1,01
                                6                                           1,01
                                                                                2                       L
                                                                                    1,                  996
                                                                                                                                                                          • On which map are the isobars
                                                                                      00
                                                                                           8
                                                                                                                  1,000                                                      closer together? What does
                                            H                                                        1,00
                                                                                                                                                                             that mean?
                                                                                     1,0
                                        1,020                                                                 4
                                                                                        12
                      12
                   1,0
                   Cold front               Warm front                  Isobars                  Cold front               Warm front               Isobars
2    Analyse the maps.
     • What will the weather be like on the Península Ibérica, according to each map?
     • Which day would be better for the trip, the one represented by map A or by map B? Why?
     • What equipment would you take on the trip? Do you have all the information you need to decide?
3
               131046_03_p73_mapa_tiempo
                                     131046_03_p73_mapa_tiempo
     Go to the web site: https://www.eltiempo.es/satelite.
     • Look at the satellite map and the air pressure map.
        What is the weather going to be like?
     • Make a weather map with the
        data on precipitation, temperature,
        cloud cover, wind, etc. You can
        use symbols like these.
5    Some people also study the clouds to predict if it will rain or not.
     Look at the photos and give the characteristics of each type of cloud.
6    Analyse.
     • Do you think it is important to try to predict the weather? Why or why not?
     • For which activities is it absolutely essential to know the weather in advance? Explain.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                            . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                        59
     SHEET 5          REINFORCEMENT                                                                             THE CHALLENGE OF CLIMATE CHANGE
                      Techniques
         Name:                                                                              Year:                                         Date:
                                                                                            TEMPERATURES                                                                                PRECIPITATION
         1. Draw the axes.                                                                     (in ºC)                                                                                     (in mm)
                                                                                                                                                                                                     220
         Start with the horizontal axis and mark 12 spaces corresponding                                                                                                                             210
to the months of the year. Draw two vertical axes upwards from 200
the horizontal axis, one on the left and another on the right. 190
180
170
                                                                                                                                                                                                     160
         2. Label the axes.                                                                                                                                                                          150
                                                                                                                                                                                                     140
         Write the initial letter of the months on the horizontal axis. Divide
                                                                                                                                                                                                     130
         the left vertical axis equally and write numbers to represent the                                                                                                                           120
         temperature, for example, in 5º C increments. Label the right                                                                                                                               110
vertical axis with numbers for precipitation. We always use double 100
                                                                                                                                                                                                     80
         10 mm increments.
                                                                                                                                                                                                     70
30 60
25 50
                                                                                                15                                                                                                   30
         Mark the amount of precipitation for each month: make vertical                         10                                                                                                   20
         the height of the value for each month. Join the 12 dots to make                          0                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                       J         F       M        A    M     J       J       A         S       O        N        D
         the temperature line.
                                                                                                        J            F       M        A      M           J        J         A          S         O    N      D
J F M A M J J A S O N D Tot.
Pr. (mm) 71 89 142 178 152 145 175 165 185 205 183 104 557
• Use the points from Activity 2 to help decide what type of climate your graph represents.
In ºC KIEV In mm
                                                                                                        40
     2   To analyse a climate graph, answer these questions.                                                                                                                                 80
60           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    SHEET 6        EXTENSION                                                                                THE CHALLENGE OF CLIMATE CHANGE
    Nombre:
      Name:                                                                                 Curso:
                                                                                            Year:                             Fecha:
                                                                                                                             Date:
1   	
     Read the text and answer the questions.
       From the Pacific near the Equator, a weather pattern periodically governs rainfall, droughts, floods and storms
       across the Earth.
       It is the so-called El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), a meteorological phenomenon generated by the
       warming of ocean waters that periodically disrupts the planet's climate.
       "ENSO changes the circulation patterns of the atmosphere so it can cause very extreme events all over the
       world. From floods in India or Australia to deluges on the west coast of South America," Bin Wang, head of
       the meteorology department at the University of Hawaii, told BBC Mundo.
       But, according to the expert, this atmospheric oscillation has shown its most tragic side in the last 40 years: the
       so-called "Super El Niño", a more intense version of the phenomenon with even more devastating consequences.
       Super El Niños are a very extreme form of ENSO in which the intensity can cause Pacific waters to warm up
       C
       by 3-4 °C warmer than normal ocean temperatures," says Bin.
       However, according to the expert, only three "Super El Niños" have been reported since records have been
       kept in the last 130 years: the first in 1982, then in 1998 and, most recently, in 2015.
                                                                                                                                     BBC, 24th October 2019
                                                                                                                                                           (Adapted)
2 A frequent phenomenon that often affects the Levante region of the Península Ibérica is the cold drop (gota fría).
4    Evaluate.
     • Do you think global warming is now impacting these phenomena more intensely?
     • How will they change over time? What can be done to stop it?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.        61
     SHEET 7      EXTENSION
62         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                             THE CHALLENGE OF CLIMATE CHANGE
2   Think.                                                                         • D
                                                                                      ecide on the issues on which you can comment
                                                                                     and the ones you think are the most important.
    • W
       hich female environmental activists are mentioned
                                                                                     Look for information about them.
      in the text? Which are Spanish?
                                                                                   • C
                                                                                      hoose a role for each of the speakers and the topic
    • What have they done in defence of the environment?
                                                                                     they will discuss.
    • W
       hat was the Stockholm Conference?
      Why was it important?                                                  6     Evaluate.
    • W
       hat does the NGO Global Witness do?
                                                                                   • Read the texts and answer.
      What did its latest report conclude?
 1972: Stockholm                                                                       If they control the seeds, they control the food;
                                                                                       they know it; it's more strategic. It's more
                                                                                       powerful than bombs, it's more powerful than
                                                                                       weapons. It is the best way to control the
                                         1992: Rio de Janeiro
                                                                                       populations of the world.
 1997: Kyoto                                                                                                                                        Vandana Shiva
                                                                                   • D
                                                                                      o you think you could become an environmental
                                                                                     activist? What would be your main objectives?
                                   2021: Glasgow
                                                                             7     Debate.
5   Elaborate.
                                                                                   • H
                                                                                      ave a class debate. Divide the class into two groups:
    • W
       ith your research on the various climate summits,                            those against climate change and those who deny
      in groups, you are going to prepare an environment                             climate change is a real problem. Give arguments
      day.                                                                           for and against these positions.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.     63
     SHEET 8         EXTENSION                                                                      THE CHALLENGE OF CLIMATE CHANGE
A REAL CHANGE
READ
     When I arrived in Extremadura as an apprentice                  The seemingly crucial issue of climate change vanished
     shepherd, the nights were freezing and the drought was          from the news and political agenda in a day. The debacle
     distressing farmers and peasants after three years with         soon revealed the delusions and fictions common to any
     virtually no rain. I had the task of supervising a flock of     bubble. Organised groups of people, including my
     over 400 sheep on the farm that the friend of a friend of a     parents, began to protest in the streets for various
     distant relative's friend had put at my disposal when they      reasons. However, hardly anyone demanded the control
     found out that I wanted to try to live for a season as my       of carbon dioxide emissions or the protection of the
     mother did when she was a child. [...]                          brown bear. You could really start to believe that in the
     That year the world seemed increasingly receptive to            midst of such emergencies there was no time to think
     growing warnings about climate change. From time to             about what would happen if the reservoirs ran out of
     time, debates on the subject surfaced. News reports             water in summer.
     addressing the issue were frequent, prompting us to think       The world became even more full of numbers, statistics
     about the frightening and very real damage we had               and graphs that, according to analysts and scientists,
     inflicted on the Earth.                                         pointed the way to "recovery". We had to be more
     Influential politicians, actors and musicians presented         efficient, more practical, to focus on what was useful,
     documentaries, organised concerts, and travelled to             because that was the only way, we were told, to get ahead.
     environmentally threatened and impoverished places              Nature was once again relegated to a place so much at the
     to encourage us to do our bit in the fight against climate      service of our urgent needs that denouncing excesses
     change. They hinted at an attempt to resume what                against it, defending virgin spaces or claiming to rescue
     Thomas Berry had called "the great conversation"                animals turned you into a snob, an illusionist, an old-
     between the human species and nature. And then, as              fashioned romantic.
     analysts say, "the bubble burst" and there was a global         What is the use of singing to the grass, to the grouse or to
     economic crisis.                                                the Sun? These people were called poets and associated
     The first measure taken by the Spanish government               with the useless.
     was to withdraw subsidies for renewable energy.                          Un cambio de verdad, Gabi Martínez, 2020 (Adapted)
QUESTIONS
      • Find out which countries have a larger ecological                 • Select the ones you find most interesting and prepare
         footprint and which have a smaller one. What is Spain's              a dossier in which you classify them by topic. Is it a
         ecological footprint?                                                frequent topic in the media?
64           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
Assessment
resources
Self-assessment
Assessment
                  65
     3             SELF-ASSESSMENT
1   The layers of the atmosphere that are closest                               6     An area of low pressure, or depression, is…
    to the Earth's surface are…                                                               a.	when the pressure is above 1,013 mb.
         a. the troposphere and the exosphere.                                                b.	when the pressure is equal to 1,013 mb.
         b. the troposphere and the stratosphere.                                             c.	when the pressure is below 1,013 mb.
         c. the mesosphere and the stratosphere.
                                                                                7     An example of a steady wind is…
2   Climate is…                                                                               a.	the trade winds.
         a.	the state of the atmosphere at a specific time                                   b.	a monsoon wind.
             and place.
                                                                                              c.	el cierzo.
         b.	indicated by the amount of heat and humidity
             in a place on a particular day.                                    8     The climates of the hot zone are…
         c.	the typical state of the atmosphere that                                         a.	Mediterranean, oceanic and continental.
             is repeated in a place.
                                                                                              b.	equatorial, tropical and desert.
3   Global warming is…                                                                        c.	equatorial, polar or mountain.
         a.	when rainwater contains pollutants in suspension.
                                                                                9     In the Montreal Protocol, countries decided to…
         b. a type of fog that irritates the eyes and lungs.
                                                                                              a.	keep temperature increase below 2 ºC.
         c. the increase in temperature caused by the rise
                                                                                              b.	create the United Nations Framework Convention
             in greenhouse gas emissions.
                                                                                                  on Climate Change.
4   Temperature is…                                                                           c.	reduce emissions of ozone-destroying gases.
         a.	the amount of heat contained in the air of the
                                                                                10    A hurricane is…
             atmosphere. It is measured with a thermometer.
                                                                                              a.	a strong depression with wind and heavy rainfall.
         b.	the water that falls to the Earth's surface from
             the atmosphere. It is measured with a rain gauge.                                b.	when it rains heavily in a short period of time
                                                                                                  and the soil is not able to absorb all the water.
         c.	the weight of air at any point on the Earth's
             surface. It is measured with a barometer.                                        c.	a funnel-shaped column that spins around
                                                                                                  at high speed.
5   The factors that affect precipitation are…
         a.	altitude, latitude and air temperature.
         b.	latitude, altitude, distance from the sea,
             and ocean currents and prevailing winds.
         c.	longitude, altitude and distance from the sea.
                                                                                               1. b, 2. c, 3. c, 4. a, 5. b, 6. c, 7. a, 8. b, 9. c, 10. a.
                                                                                                                                                       ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of           . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   67
         3           ASSESSMENT
1 Explain the difference between climate and the weather. Give examples. (0.5 p.)
2 Look at the image. Write down the names and main characteristics of the layers of the atmosphere. (1 p.)
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                   How is it
                                                  What is it?                                       Factors that affect it
                                                                                                                                                                  measured?
Temperature
Precipitation
         Atmospheric
         pressure
Wind
                                                                                           Arctic Circle
                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                         cold zone
                                         winter                 Tro
                                                                   p
                                                                                                                                
                                                                      ic o
                                                                          fC
                                                                                an                       temperate
                                                                                     cer
                                                                                                         zone                   
                                                                    Eq
                                                                       ua
                                                                          tor
                                    summer
                                                        Tro
                                                            pic                                          hot zone
                                                                                                                                
                                                                ofC
                                                                    apr
                                                                         ico
                                                                                rn
                                                                                                         temperate
                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                         zone
                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                cold zone
                                              Antarctic Circle
                                                                                                                                
68           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   TEST B
5 Describe how the destruction of the ozone layer occurs. (0.5 p.)
6 Explain the difference between high-pressure and low-pressure systems. How are they shown in this map? (1.5 p.)
                                                                                                                              
                      1,008         4           H                                            L
                                1,00 0         1,020                                     976
              1,012              1,00                                                    980
                                  L                                                      984
                                                                                         988
                                                                                         992
                                                                                         996
                               1,016
                                                                                                                              
                               1,020                                                   1,000
                                                                                                                  08
                                                                                    1,0                        1,0
                                                                                        04
                                                                                 1,0
                                                                                     08
                         1,024                                             1,0
                                                                              12
                                                                                                     L
                                                                       1,0
                                                                                                 1,0 04
                                                                           16
                                                                   1,0
1,0
                                                                                                    00
                                                                      20
                                                                                                                              
                                           1,032               1,024
H 1,028
         L      04
             1,0      8
                 1,00
                   1,012
                     1,016
                       1,020
                   In hPa (hectopascals)
                                                        SOURCE: JAVIER MARTÍN VIDE, Interpretación de los mapas del tiempo.
                                                                                                                              
250
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            200
     • What are temperatures like? 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            150
50 100
                                                                                                                                                                                              25                                            50
     • What type of climate is it? 
                                                                                                                                                                                               0                                            0
                                                                                                                                                                                                   J   F M A M        J   J   A S O N D
                                                                                                                                                                          959069_03_p062_h04_climograma_singapur
9    Explain what global warming is and relate it to climate change. (1 p.)
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                                                             . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.           69
         3           ASSESSMENT
     You are going to participate in a demonstration this weekend in defence of the environment. You are looking
     for a slogan to take to the demonstration. Answering the questions will help you.
2    One of the consequences will be more extreme floods and droughts. Explain the difference between these concepts. (1 p.)
     
     	
3    Another problem in the atmosphere is pollution. List ways in which the atmosphere can be polluted. (1 p.)
4    In an attempt to lower temperatures, the EU approved a resolution under the Paris Climate Agreement in 2019.
     The resolution fixed a target of carbon neutrality by 2050. (1.5 p.)
     • What did the Paris Agreement approve? 
         
• What other summits do you know about? What were the main results of them?
70           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                               TEST A
                                                                                                                                            H
5   You want to know what the weather will be like on the day                                                                               1024
    of the demonstration. You have seen this map. (1.5 p.)                                                                                          1020
                                                                                                                                                    1016
                                                                                                                                                            2
                                                                                                                                                      101
        
                                                                                                                                                                1004
                                                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                                                                                 1008
                                                                                                                                  08
        
                                                                                                                                                     101 6
    • What is wind? Will there be wind that day? Explain your answer.                                                                   102
                                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                                                 101
L
• Do you think it will rain? What is precipitation? What factors affect it?
        
                                                                                                                                            M826044B02P055H2
7 However, not only temperate climates will be affected. Look at the climate graph. (1.5 p.)
                                                                                                                           10                                                                 20
    • What about the temperature? 
                                                                                                                             0                                                                0
                                                                                                                          -10
        
                                                                                                                          -20
                                                                                                                          -40
    • How does climate change affect it?                                                                                -50
                                                                                                                                      J   F M A M               J      J   A S O N D
8 Write the slogan you would like to take to the demonstration. (0.5 p.)
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                            71
                                                                                                        959069_03_p63_h02_climograma_eismitte
       3             CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                            Actividades
                            Criterios                                                                                           Saberes relacionados
                                                                      Prueba B              Prueba A
Test B
1     Weather is the state of the atmosphere at a specific time and                    altitude, latitude, distance from the sea, and ocean currents
      place. For this reason, it changes. For example, we could say                    and prevailing winds. Precipitation is measured with a rain
      that in Santander, the weather was cold and rainy yesterday                      gauge and expressed in millimetres (mm) or litres per square
      and, today, on the other hand, it is sunny.                                      metre (l/m2).
      Climate is the typical state of the atmosphere at a particular                   Atmospheric pressure: it is the weight of air at any point
      place. To know the climate, you have to study it for decades.                    on the Earth's surface. It is affected by altitude and air
      So, when we say that it never rains in summer, we are talking                    temperature. It is measured with a barometer and expressed
      about the climate.                                                               in millibars (mb) or hectopascals (hPa).
                                                                                       Wind: it is a mass of moving air. Wind speed is measured
2     T he stratosphere is above the troposphere. This layer
                                                                                       with an anemometer and is expressed in km/h. A weather
       contains lots of ozone, a gas that prevents ultraviolet
                                                                                       vane is used to know the wind's direction.
       radiation from the Sun, harmful to our health, from reaching
       the Earth's surface.                                                       4    Temperatures vary according to latitude. They are higher
                                                                                       at the Equator and gradually decrease as we move away
      The troposphere is the lowest layer of the atmosphere
                                                                                       from the Equator towards the poles. In the area near
      and is in contact with the Earth's surface. This is where most
                                                                                       the Equator, the Sun's rays reach a relatively small area
      meteorological phenomena (rain, cyclones, etc.) occur.
                                                                                       of Earth at right angles, so they warm the surface more.
3     Temperature: it is the amount of heat contained in the air                       In contrast, between the tropics and the poles the
      of the atmosphere. The factors that affect it are altitude,                      Sun's rays reach Earth obliquely. The Sun's energy
      latitude and distance from the sea. It is measured with                          is spread over a wider territory, so they lose intensity.
      a thermometer and is usually expressed in degrees                                This causes the different climate zones.
      Celsius (ºC).                                                               5    Ozone absorbs much of the Sun's ultraviolet radiation,
      Precipitation: precipitation is the water that falls to the                      which is harmful to health. The ozone layer naturally depletes
      Earth's surface from the atmosphere. It is affected by                           over the polar regions in autumn and winter and recovers
72           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
     in spring and summer. However, the emission of                                           the planet. They prevent some of that heat from returning
     chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), chemical compounds found                                     to space. This prevents the planet from becoming too
     in aerosols and refrigerants, breaks this natural cycle. CFCs                            cold. The problem is the increase in the concentration
     cause further thinning of the ozone layer and prevent                                    of greenhouse gases emitted by human activities.
     it from recovering.                                                                      They retain more heat, causing the Earth's temperature
                                                                                              to rise.
6    The normal air pressure at sea level is 1,013 mb. Areas
     that have a pressure below 1,013 mb are called low-pressure                     2     Floods occur when it rains heavily in a very short period of
     systems or depressions and are usually associated with                                time and the soil is not able to absorb all the water. Droughts
     unstable weather and precipitation. Areas with a pressure                             occur when a region experiences less rainfall than is usual
     above 1,013 mb are called high-pressure systems or                                    for its climate.
     anticyclones: they are usually associated with stable
                                                                                     3     By acid rain, photochemical haze or smog and the
     and dry weather.
                                                                                           destruction of the ozone layer.
7    • Precipitation is abundant all year round, but it rains more
        in autumn and winter.
                                                                                     4     • The Paris Agreement approved a global action plan
                                                                                              to limit average temperature rise to below 2°C above
     • Temperatures are high and stable throughout the year.
                                                                                              pre-industrial levels.
     • It is a hot equatorial climate.
                                                                                           • The Montreal Protocol, in 1987, where almost all
8    There are three temperate climates:                                                      countries committed to reducing emissions of ozone-
     • Mediterranean: with mild winters and warm summers.                                    destroying gases. In 1992, the Earth Summit agreed
        Precipitation is low and irregular, with droughts in the                              to create the United Nations Framework Convention
        summer.                                                                               on Climate Change. The Kyoto Protocol, in 1997,
                                                                                              where industrialised countries agreed to limit their
     • Oceanic: it has mild winters and cool summers.
                                                                                              greenhouse gas emissions.
        Precipitation is regular and abundant.
     • Continental: winters are very long and cold. Summers                         5     • Anticyclonic weather is forecast, as the peninsula is under
        are hot and short. Precipitation falls mainly in                                      the influence of high-pressure systems: an atmospheric
        summer.                                                                               pressure greater than 1,013 mb.
9    Global warming of the planet is the increase in the average                           • Wind is a mass of moving air. No, because the isobars
     air temperature on the Earth's surface. This is due to                                   are not very close together.
     the increase in the "natural" greenhouse effect as a result                           • No, the weather seems stable. Precipitation is water falling
     of the increase in human activities. Global warming                                      to the Earth's surface from the atmosphere. It is affected
     is one of the causes of climate change: a change                                         by altitude, latitude, distance from the sea, and ocean
     in the characteristics of the Earth's climates due                                       currents and prevailing winds.
     to human activities that alter the composition of
     the atmosphere.                                                                 6     • The report concluded that we can expect the near-total
                                                                                              disappearance of winters classified as cold, and an
10   • It is a hurricane, which is a strong depression with winds                            increase in the frequency and intensity of heat waves.
        and heavy rainfall. They tend to have serious effects.                                The study emphasised that this would affect the south
     • Hurricanes usually form over the oceans, in tropical areas                            more than the north.
        and at the end of the summer. They travel hundreds of
                                                                                           • They are Mediterranean, oceanic and continental
        kilometres and, when they come into contact with colder
                                                                                              climates.
        waters or land, they lose strength and disappear.
                                                                                           • They occur in the zones located between the tropics
                                                                                              and the polar circles. The Sun's rays arrive more obliquely
     Test A
                                                                                              in these zones.
1    • That the average annual temperature of Spain rose                            7     • Low all year, but at a minimum in spring and early summer.
        by 1.7 ºC in 2020, that in the last 60 years it has risen                          • Always below zero throughout the year, but with peaks
        by 1.3 ºC and that, if this continues, by the end of the                              and troughs.
        century the temperature will be 5 ºC higher than now.
                                                                                           • It is a cold, polar climate.
     • Temperature is the amount of heat contained in the air
        of the atmosphere. Latitude, altitude and distance from                            • Global warming has intensified the melting of the polar ice
        the sea.                                                                              caps. As a result, sea levels have risen, from an increase of
     • The greenhouse effect is a natural process by which                                   less than 1 mm per year in the 1960s to more than 3 mm
        the atmosphere maintains a moderate temperature                                       per year currently. At the current rate, the sea could flood
        on the planet's surface. Certain gases in the atmosphere                              some islands and coastal areas.
        allow light and heat from the Sun to reach the surface of                    8     O. A.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   73
The sustainable use
   of Earth's waters   4
           4
                                   The sustainable use of Earth's waters
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                 78
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                        Sheet 1. Rivers. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                 80
                                        Sheet 2. Other continental waters .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                   81
                                   •    Techniques
                                        Sheet 3. Water on Earth .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                  82
                                   •    Key competences
                                        Sheet 5. How do we measure the length of a river? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                                84
                                   Extension
                                        Sheet 6. Why are the oceans important?. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                               85
                                        Sheet 7. How can we conserve water? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                          86
                                        Sheet 8. The Discovery of the Sources of the Nile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                                                        88
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                   91
                                   Assessment
                                   • Test
                                        Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   92
                                        Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    94
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                       77
        4
                              STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 6
While substantial progress has been made in expanding access to drinking water and sanitation, billions of people,
mainly in rural areas, still lack these basic services. More than 40 % of the world's population, according to the UN,
suffers from water shortages, and water and sanitation-related diseases remain among the leading causes of death
for children under the age of five.
In this sense, one of the various targets within this UN goal is to improve water quality by reducing pollution
and untreated wastewater, eliminating and minimising the release of hazardous chemicals and materials, and
increasing recycling and reuse of water. Sustainable management of water resources will enable better
management of food and energy production, contribute to economic growth and preserve water ecosystems
and biodiversity.
     STARTING POINT
       Water availability is not universal. This is the message that the photo at the beginning of the unit
     • 
       introduces. In many countries of the world, people, and especially women, have to travel to carry out
       activities that, in the developed world, are carried out at home. This is because they do not have running
       water in their houses.
      Everyday tasks such as washing clothes or obtaining water for personal hygiene or consumption force
      women and girls to travel more than 30 minutes from their homes in some cases. This puts women in those
      countries at a disadvantage. In addition, in many cases, the water available to them is unsafe and not
      drinkable, which poses health risks.
     • Water stress affects billions of people around the world. The infographic at the beginning of the unit
        in the Student’s Book shows that fresh water is a scarce and poorly distributed resource that, in addition,
        suffers the consequences of human activity. 29 % of the world's population does not have unpolluted water
        with safe access. Most of these people are concentrated in developing countries, especially in sub-Saharan
        Africa, East Asia and the Pacific, while in developed countries, clean water is available to 100% of the
        population. Moreover, water stress is growing, affecting not only developing but also developed countries.
78         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
Personalised
learning
Reinforcement
Extension
                                                                                                                                    THE SUSTAINABLE USE
     SHEET 1                REINFORCEMENT                                                                                            OF EARTH'S WATERS
Rivers
1            Look at the drawing and complete the information about the water cycle.
         3.                                                                     2. 
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                       B
                                                                                                                          C
     4.                                                                                                        1. 
                                                                                                               
                                                                                                               
3            Indicate where in the course of the river these features are located.
             • alluvial plains			                       • waterfalls				                                            • meanders
             • estuaries			• gorges					• deltas
4 Which letter of the picture in activity 1 (high, middle or low course) would you relate each image to?
80                  GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of      . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                   THE SUSTAINABLE USE
     SHEET 2          REINFORCEMENT                                                                                                 OF EARTH'S WATERS
      
      
      
      
 3    Write on the drawing the parts of the glacier.                        4     Look at your atlas and and write the continent where
                                                                                  each lake is found.
Lake Continent
Michigan
Titicaca
Caspian Sea
Baikal
Eyre
Chad
Victoria
Malawi
Superior
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   81
                                                                                                                              THE SUSTAINABLE USE
     SHEET 3         REINFORCEMENT                                                                                             OF EARTH'S WATERS
                     Techniques
           Name:                                                                         Year:                       Date:
Water on Earth
1     Write these rivers, seas and oceans in their corresponding places.
             2,000 metres
               500 metres
                0 metres
2     Select the rivers from the previous activity and complete the cards.
                                            131046_04_p84_mundi_altimetria
                              Mississippi river
3 Locate other rivers for each continent and place them on the map in activity 1.
82           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                                            THE SUSTAINABLE USE
    SHEET 4       REINFORCEMENT                                                                                                                                                              OF EARTH'S WATERS
Sea water
1    Complete this concept map on sea water.
SEA WATER
                                      • Ocean:
              Types
                                      • Sea:
California
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Equatorial
                                                                                                  Equator           OCEAN                               OCEAN
                                                                                                               Equatorial                                                                                                 INDIAN
                                                                                                                                                                           Prime Meridian
                                                                                                  Ocean currents
959069_04_p07_corrientes_marinas
Look at each picture and say what phase the tide is in.
Movements
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                                                                             83
                                                                                                                            THE SUSTAINABLE USE
     SHEET 5         REINFORCEMENT                                                                                           OF EARTH'S WATERS
                     Key competences
           Name:                                                                       Year:                       Date:
The Nile. It is estimated to be 6,650 km long. The Amazon. It is currently believed to be 6,800 km long.
      To measure the length of a river, we mainly use                 river in the world, while the Amazon in South
      topographic maps produced by remote sensing                     America was considered to be 6,400 kilometres long.
      images and detailed field studies, which can be                 However, in 2007, a group of scientists published
      difficult to carry out.                                         research claiming that the total length of the
      To calculate the length of a river, we need to locate           Amazon was 6,800 kilometres. They concluded that
      its source and its mouth. Rivers can have various               the source of this river was in southern Peru, not
      sources, with some originating in glaciers, and                 in the north as was previously believed.
      others in lakes or springs. In addition, rivers can             The source and mouth of this river are difficult
      flow into the sea or other rivers.                              to establish. Therefore, it is not known where the
      There is no international standard for measuring                measurement of its waters should begin or end.
      the length of a river. The Nile in Africa, at 6,650             Which river is currently considered the longest
      kilometres long, was always considered the longest              in the world? The debate continues.
1     Analyse the ways of measuring the length of a river.            3    Analyse the controversy over which is the longest
                                                                           river in the word.
      • How is the length of a river measured?
                                                                           • Which river was always considered the longest
      • Why is it often difficult to locate the source
                                                                              in the world?
         and mouth of a river?
                                                                           • Explain what scientists discovered. What did
      • Do you know what remote sensing images are?                          this signify?
         How do they help us study a river?
                                                                           • Is this change in measurement internationally
                                                                              recognised?
2     Locate the Nile and Amazon rivers in an atlas
      or on Google Maps.                                                   • Why are field studies still needed to locate the
                                                                              source of a river, despite technological advances?
      • Through which countries does each one flow?
                                                                              Do you think it is easy to measure the length
      • What type of flow do these rivers have? Do they have                 of a river?
         any navigable sections?
      • Have hydraulic structures been built in their waters?        4    Find out which are the five longest rivers in the world,
         Have they generated any controversy?                              and on which continents they are located.
84            GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                         THE SUSTAINABLE USE
     SHEET 6           EXTENSION
                                                                                                                                          OF EARTH'S WATERS
                                                                                                                                                               World
                                                                                                                                                             Oceans Day
              The                                                                                                                                  ______________________
           blue planet
                                                                                        Ocean: 
      Ocean: 
                                                                                         Size: 
      Size: 
                                                                                        Coasts it surrounds: 
      
      Coasts it surrounds: 
2 Oceans provide people with many resources. Look for statistical data and complete the information.
3 However, our use of oceans is creating problems. Propose solutions to these problems:
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of             . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   85
     SHEET 7        EXTENSION
2     Global water consumption is increasing. Do the activities below and write a list of DOs and DON'Ts
      to control water consumption.
      • F
         ind information about daily water consumption and complete a table for the countries below.
        Then compare the results and make conclusions.
3     Complete the graph with the proportion of fresh water on the planet and answer the questions.
                                                                               • As you know, the proportion of total fresh water on
                                                                                 the planet is 2.5 %, and sea water accounts for the
                                                                                 remaining 97.5 %. How might this affect water use?
                                                                               • Most drinking water is in the form of ice. Do you think
                                                                                  this could be a problem?
                                                                               • What is the proportion of surface water on Earth?
                                                                                 Where can it be found? Can it be used directly
                                                                                 for human consumption?
4     There are serious problems with many freshwater sources. Look for information in pairs and write
      a short news item with these headlines.
      • Greenland's ice caps are melting.
      • The planet's groundwater wells are at risk of drying up.
      • The glaciers of the Pirineos are disappearing.
86          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                     THE SUSTAINABLE USE
                                                                                                                                      OF EARTH'S WATERS
 5   In less developed countries, women are responsible for collecting water, sometimes from many kilometres
     away. Look at the graph and answer the questions.
      Women and girls spend 20                 Women account for 60 % of the                             The number of girls attending school
      million hours collecting water           workforce in the services sector,                         increases by 15 % when communities
      in Sub-Saharan countries.                but only 19.7 % in the water sector.                      have drinking water and toilets.
                                                                              man 24 %                             woman 64 %
       Time spent collecting
          water per day                                                                                                                              boy
                                                               girl
         Sub-Saharan Africa                                                                                                                          4%
                                                               8%
         Rural:          Urban:
         33 min          25 min
                  Asia
         Rural:          Urban:
         21 min          19 min
 6   To avoid these journeys, humans have built various structures to obtain water throughout history.
     • Look at the pictures and try to order them chronologically from oldest to most modern (1, 2, 3, 4).
     • Then, match each image with the corresponding place, look for information and complete the table.
Aqueduct of Segovia
Norias of Hama
Panama Canal
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   87
                                                                                                                           THE SUSTAINABLE USE
     SHEET 8        EXTENSION
                                                                                                                            OF EARTH'S WATERS
READ
     "What's that sparkling line I can see down there?"              waters on which the easterly wind forms foamy
     I asked Sidi Bombay.                                            crescents. On the horizon is a deep grey wall
     "It's water," he replied.                                       surrounded by mist. Its fractured peak stands out
                                                                     against the deep sky, and can be seen between
     The position of the trees and the Sun, which was only           the breaks in the hills that appear to be submerged
     shining on part of the lake, made it look extremely             in the sea. At midday, the territory and the capes
     small. First, I scolded myself for endangering my               of Uguha, dominated in the distance by a group
     health for so little, and secondly, I cursed the Arabs'         of islands, give variety to this oceanic persepective.
     exaggeration. Then I suggested going back to                    Villages, cultivated fields, numerous canoes and,
     explore the Nyanza. As soon as I moved on, the                  finally, the sound of the waves, give movement
     whole scene unfolded before us, and I was in ecstasy.           to the landscape. […]
     Nothing could be more captivating than that first               I forgot about everything: the dangers, fatigue,
     glimpse of Tanganyika, sleeping soundly in the heart            uncertainty about our return, and everyone shared
     of the mountains, warming itself in the tropical sun.           my ecstatic feeling. That same day, I organised
     At our feet were wild gorges, around which the trail            a boat. On the following day, 14th February, we set
     sweeps and stretches; a band of greenery that never             off along the eastern shore of the lake, heading
     withers, sloping down to a stretch of sand bordered             towards the district of Kauelé.
     by reeds rippling the waves. Beyond this green
                                                                          The Discovery of the Sources of the Nile, John H. Speke,
     border, the lake stretches for 20 to 25 miles, blue
                                                                                            Sir Richard Francis Burton, 1863 (Adapted)
QUESTIONS
1     Answer the questions.                                           4    Read the text and answer the questions.
      • What did the authors of the book discover?
                                                                          On 21st April 1618, a man from Madrid called
      • How does Speke describe the moment Lake Tanganyika
                                                                          Pedro Páez would discover the sources of the Blue
         is revealed?
                                                                          Nile at Lake Tana in Ethiopia. Today, 400 years
      • What is his first impression when he sees the lake?              later, Spaniards know (I presume) who David
                                                                          Livingstone is. However, they have never heard
2     Look for information and answer the questions.                      of that Spanish Jesuit from the Golden Age. […]
                                                                          He tells the story in his work:
      • Who was David Livingstone?
      • What discovery did he make?                                      "Its source is practically west of that kingdom, at
                                                                          the head of a small valley formed in a great expanse
      • When did people start to look for the sources of the
                                                                          of land. And on 21st April 1618, when I saw it, it
         Nile? Give some examples of people who travelled
                                                                          looked like nothing more than two round eyes half
         up the river to find them.
                                                                          a metre wide. And I confess that I was glad to see
      • Why do you think it was so difficult to locate the
                                                                          what King Cyrus and his son Cambyses, Alexander
         sources of the Nile?
                                                                          the Great, and the famous Julius Caesar were
      • Today, what is considered to be the source of the Nile?          desperate to see in ancient times."
                                                                                                                ABC, 24th April 2018 (Adapted)
3     Draw a map.
      • Copy a physical map of Africa and draw the source                 • Who was Pedro Páez?
         and mouth of the Nile.                                            • Look for more information and explain why
                                                                              his discovery was never recognised.
88           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
Assessment
resources
Self-assessment
Assessment
     4               SELF-ASSESSMENT
          a. 
             the composition of the Earth's waters, consisting
                                                                            7     In the upper course of a river, we can find:
             of both continental and sea water.
                                                                                           a. waterfalls, gorges and canyons.
          b. 
             the constant circulation of water between
             the oceans, the atmosphere and the land.                                      b. meanders and waterfalls.
          c. the conversion of water into clouds through                                  c. alluvial plains, deltas and estuaries.
              evaporation.
                                                                            8     The biggest one is:
3   The oceans are:                                                                        a. a lake.
          a. large bodies of water that surround and separate                             b. a swamp.
              the continents.
                                                                                           c. an inland sea.
          b. small, shallow bodies of water.
          c. ice masses created by the accumulation of snow                9     Groundwater can be brought to the surface through:
              over hundreds of years.
                                                                                           a. underground aquifers or rivers.
5 A river that flows into another river is called: b. a floating mass of ice.
          b. a drainage basin.
          c. a glacier.
                                                                                           1. b, 2. b, 3. a, 4. c, 5. a, 6. c, 7. a, 8. c, 9. b, 10. b.
                                                                                                                                                   ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   91
         4           ASSESSMENT
2    Look at the drawing and write down which process it represents. (1 pt.)                                                                     2
                                                                                                               3
     
                                                                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                           4
     
4 Complete the cards with the three movements of sea water. (1 pt.)
Tides
                                                                                                               
                                                                                                               
                                                                                                               
5 Think about where in the course of a river it would be best to build a dam. Why? (1 pt.)
92            GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                 TEST B
Upper
Middle
Lower
7 Deduce from the images what the flow of this river is like and explain it. (1 pt.)
• Mississippi: • Baltic:
• Mediterranean: • Victoria:
• Indian: • Danube:
• Baikal: • Pacific:
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of      . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.        93
         4            ASSESSMENT
     The discovery of the sources of the Nile is attributed to the Englishman John Hanning Speke. Imagine you are part
     of the expedition that accompanied Speke and do an analysis.
2 Look at the images. Indicate which course of the river they belong to and name what you can see. (1 pt.)
A B
3    The Nile flows into the Mediterranean Sea and the Congo flows into the Atlantic Ocean.
     Answer the questions. (1.5 pts.)
• Does the Nile form a delta at its mouth? What does this consist of?
• How much of the planet's water does sea water account for? What about continental waters?
94             GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of             . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                  TEST A
4   You have arrived with Speke at the source of the Nile in Lake Victoria. (1.5 pt.)
    • What is a lake? How is it different from an inland sea?
• What are the characteristics of Lake Victoria? What other lakes do you know? Name two and say which continents they are on.
• Look at the image. What has been built? What effects could it have?
6 In addition to these resources, Egypt also utilises groundwater. Read the text and answer the questions. (1.5 pts.)
7 The water on Earth is in constant movement. Can you explain how this occurs? (1 pt.)
8 Sea water is also in constant movement. Answer the questions. (1.5 pts.)
• The Mediterranean Sea is surrounded by a warm current. What does this mean?
• Look at the picture on the right. What feature of movement does it show? In addition to those
mentioned previously, what other type of movement does sea water make?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.        95
        4             CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                        Actividades
                        Criterios                                                                                      Saberes relacionados
                                                                 Test B          Test A
Test B
 1     • Lake and inland sea: a lake is a body of water that has                3    The increase in the temperature of the planet and the
          accumulated permanently in the interior of the continents,                  number and frequency of floods and droughts means that
          in sunken areas of land. If if contains salt water, it is called            water quality is deteriorating and water availability is
          an inland sea.                                                              extremely low in many areas of the world.
       • Ocean and sea: oceans are large bodies of water that                   4    Ocean currents. Displacements of large bodies of water,
          surround and separate the continents. Seas are smaller                      similar to rivers, which circulate in the oceans.
          and shallower, and are located in areas near the                            Tides. Daily rise and fall in sea levels caused by the
          continents.                                                                 gravitational forces of the Moon and the Sun.
       • Glacier and iceberg: glaciers are masses of ice created                     Waves. Movements on the surface of the sea produced
          by the accumulation of snow over hundreds of years,                         by the wind.
          which move with varying degrees of speed. Icebergs                     5    It would be better to build it in the upper or middle course,
          are floating masses of ice.
                                                                                      as the water flows with more force and a dam can help
                                                                                      to control the river's flow.
 2    	This is the process of the water cycle. 1. Heat causes water
        to evaporate. 2. The water vapour rises, cools and condenses             6    Upper course. Channel and flow: its channel is narrow and
        to form clouds. 3. The water from the clouds falls as                         its flow abundant. This forms: waterfalls, gorges or canyons.
        precipitation. 4. The water reaches rivers and the sea.                       Erosive process: the process of erosion occurs because the
        Part of it filters into aquifers.                                             water flows very fast and with great force.
96            GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of              . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
     Medium course. Channel and flow: its channel is wide                                 • Yes, it forms a delta. A delta is a triangular-shaped
     and its flow is less abundant. This forms: meanders.                                    landform made by the accumulation of materials
     Erosive process: that of transport, because the water is                                transported by the river.
     calmer and transports the materials eroded in the upper
                                                                                          • Sea water accounts for 97.5 % of the planet's water.
     course.
                                                                                             Continental waters only account for the remaining 2.5 %.
     Lower course. Channel and flow: the channel is also wide                                For human consumption, only 1 % remains.
     and the flow becomes abundant again. This forms: alluvial                      4     • A lake is a permanent body of water that has accumulated
     plains, and at the mouth, deltas or estuaries. Erosive
                                                                                             in the interior of the continents, in sunken areas of land. If
     process: that of deposition, as the water flows more slowly
                                                                                             it contains salt water, it is called an inland sea.
     and deposits the transported materials.
                                                                                          • It is the second largest freshwater lake on the planet.
7    The flow is the amount of water carried by a river, which can                           Model answer: Lake Chad (Africa) and the Great Lakes
     vary. In the image we can see that it is irregular, because in                          (America).
     one season it carries a lot of water and in another it carries
                                                                                    5     • That the flow of the river is not constant throughout
     little.
                                                                                             the year.
8    Groundwater forms when part of the water from rainfall and
     rivers enters the ground through porous rocks and meets                              • A dam has been constructed to supply water and produce
     a layer of impermeable rock. The water then collects and                                electricity. Model answer: It can have very negative effects
     forms aquifers.                                                                         if it causes pollution or diverts the course of the river.
     • This water flows out through cold springs (cold water)                      6     • Groundwater originates when part of the water from
        or hot springs (hot water).                                                          rainfall and rivers enters the ground through porous rocks
     • Open answer.                                                                         and meets a layer of impermeable rock. The water then
                                                                                             collects and forms aquifers.
9    • Mississippi: river.           • Baltic: sea.
                                                                                          • This water needs to be conserved, as it takes years for
     • Mediterranean: sea.           • Victoria: lake.
                                                                                             aquifers to fill up again.
     • Indian: ocean.                • Danube: river.
                                                                                    7     Through the process of the water cycle. Heat causes water
     • Baikal: lake.                 • Pacific: ocean.
                                                                                          to evaporate. The water vapour rises, cools and condenses,
                                                                                          forming clouds. The water from the clouds falls as rain. The
    Test A
                                                                                          water reaches rivers and the sea. Part of it of it filters into
1    • In the Mountains of the Moon.                                                     aquifers.
     • In the upper course.                                                        8     • That the temperature of the current is higher than that
                                                                                             of the waters it surrounds.
     • It is usually a mountainous area, so the water flows quickly.
        The channel is narrow. The water erodes the land and                              • It shows waves, which are movements on the surface of
        carves out gorges or canyons. When there is a great                                  the water produced by the wind. The other movement is
        difference in height, waterfalls form.                                               that of the tides, which are the rise and fall in sea levels
                                                                                             caused by the gravitational forces of the Moon and the
     • The Congo River.                                                                     Sun on the water.
2    Image A is a waterfall, which belongs to the upper course
     of the river. Picture B is a meander, which is formed in the
     middle course of the river.
3    • Oceans are large bodies of water that surround and
        separate the continents. When they are smaller and
        shallower, they are called seas and are located close
        to the continents.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of               . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   97
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY   Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                            How the Earth's landscapes
                                         affect people                                                                                                          5
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY   Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
         5                    How the Earth's landscapes
                              affect people
                              Personalised learning
                              Starting the unit.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                102
                              Reinforcement
                              • Essential concepts and content
                                    Sheet 1. Natural and humanised landscapes. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                     104
                                    Sheet 2. Hot landscapes.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                   105
                                    Sheet 3. Temperate landscapes. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                106
                              Extension
                                    Sheet 5. Are our forests disappearing?. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                         108
                                    Sheet 6. How do people live in different landscapes?. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                                  110
                              	Sheet 7. Identifying landscapes .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                112
                              Assessment resources
                              Self-assessment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                    115
                              Assessment
                              • Assessment tests
                                    Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   116
                                    Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    118
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY       Content courtesy of                            . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                      101
         5
                              STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 15
      STARTING POINT
        Landscapes transmit emotions. This is the message introduced by the photo at the beginning of the unit.
      • 
        The beauty of a landscape is closely related to our emotional attachment to it. Human beings evolved and
        acquired the characteristics we possess today in close contact with nature. Therefore, observing a beautiful
        landscape directly affects our perceptions and our emotions; it balances us and soothes us. Observing
        landscapes reminds us that we are part of nature.
      • Forests are threatened by human activity. The infographic at the beginning of the Student's Book
         highlights the importance of forests to the ecosystem and to human life, because of the many benefits they
         generate. It also highlights the variety of types of forest, the direct threats they face and the benefits of the
         sustainable exploitation of forest areas, among other important aspects. The goal is for students to be aware
         of the importance of conserving forests and stopping deforestation.
      It is worth reminding students that human beings are a very unique species in the dynamics of the biosphere,
      both in terms of their ability to modify the environment and alter the ecological balance, and because they are
      the only living beings capable of consciously influencing the balance of ecosystems.
102         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY   Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                        Personalised
                                                                        learning
                                                                        Reinforcement
                                                                        Extension
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY   Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                       HOW THE EARTH'S LANDSCAPES
    SHEET 1       REINFORCEMENT                                                                              AFFECT PEOPLE
1964 2018
104        GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY   Content courtesy of    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                   HOW THE EARTH'S LANDSCAPES
    SHEET 2         REINFORCEMENT                                                                                        AFFECT PEOPLE
Hot landscapes
1    Identify the different hot landscapes in the photos.
3    Tick the correct statements. Correct the incorrect statements in your notebook.
          50 % of the world's population live in deserts.
          There are large, uninhabited areas in the interior of rainforests.
          Lots of big cities are located on the savannah.
          Some peoples living on the savannah are nomadic shepherds and sedentary farmers.
          There is only basic agriculture in the Gulf of Guinea, South America and the Antilles.
           The population living on the savannah is concentrated along coasts and rivers.
          Despite the harsh conditions in deserts, some large cities, such as Cairo, have been built.
                                                                                     
                                                                                    
                                                                                     
                                                                                    
                                                                                     
                                                                                    
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY        Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   105
                                                                                                                 HOW THE EARTH'S LANDSCAPES
    SHEET 3        REINFORCEMENT                                                                                       AFFECT PEOPLE
Temperate landscapes
1     Look at the map. Complete the tasks and answer the questions.
      • Colour the map according to the key.
Continental
Mediterranean
Oceanic
106        GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY       Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                  HOW THE EARTH'S LANDSCAPES
    SHEET 4            REINFORCEMENT                                                                                    AFFECT PEOPLE
Cold landscapes
1    Complete a fact sheet like this for polar landscapes and mountain landscapes.
        Landscape:
                                                                                   A
          Location:
Climate:
– Temperature:
– Precipitation:
Vegetation:
Settlement:
2   	
     Look at the photos and answer the questions.
                                                                                   B
     • Which shows a polar landscape?
     • Describe the characteristics of the landscape
        and its vegetation.
     • Which shows a mountain landscape? How do
        you know?
     • At which altitudes do you think the landscapes
        in the photos are found?
     • Do you think many people live there? Explain
        your answer.
         • Read the text.                                                               • Use this vegetation graph of the Andes as a guide.
                                                                                                                                                     Altitude
                                                                                                                                      Andes        (in metres)
                                                                                                                                                                      Alps
          Up to 1,800 m you can find farmland and                                                          Perpetual snow
                                                                                                                                                      6,000
                                                                                                                                                                                          Perpetual sno
                                                                                                           Bushes and meadows                                                             Meadows
          deciduous forests; from 1,800 to 3,600 m coniferous                                              Coniferous forest                          5,500                               Scrubland
          forests develop; between 3,600 and 5,400 m the                                                   Mixed rainforest                           5,000                               Coniferous fo
                                                                                                           and savannah
          high mountain pastures are found; and above                                                      Rainforest                                 4,500                               Decidious for
                                                                                                                                                      3,000
         • Draw a vertical line and mark altitude on it.
                                                                                                                                                      2,500
500
                                                                                                                                   959069_05_p110_h2_cliserie
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY         Content courtesy of                                                                                               107
                                                                . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    SHEET 5          EXTENSION
A B
C D
    (A) Forest fire in València, (B) deforestation in the Amazon rainforest in Brazil, (C) the effects of acid rain in Yosemite
    National Park (USA), (D) the effects of a plague on a forest in Germany.
2 Different types of forests develop in different climates. Look for information about these forests and complete the table.
rainforest
tropical or mangrove
Mediterranean
oceanic
taiga
108         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY         Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                               HOW THE EARTH'S LANDSCAPES
                                                                                                                     AFFECT PEOPLE
4   Investigate these questions and discuss your findings with your classmates.
    • Why are forests so important for life on Earth?
    • At what rate are our forests disappearing? What will happen if they disappear completely?
    • How can we help stop our forests disappearing?
5   Read the following articles and answer the questions. They refer to statements by Jair Bolsonaro
    (president of Brazil) and Nemonte Nenquimo (a Waorani leader).
      Deforestation in the Amazon region reached                               Nemonte Nenquimo is a leader from the Waorani
      its highest levels between August 2018 and                               indigenous group. “We are defending life and the
      July 2019. Despite this fact, the Brazilian                              planet,” she tells BBC Mundo, “and I want the
      President, Jair Bolsonaro, has told Efe that                             world to help. Don't leave us to fight alone. We need
      it “will not end” because it is a “cultural”                             help protecting the Amazon. If we fight together, we
      practice.                                                                can shape the future for other generations.”
      He denied that the increased levels were                                 Nemonte took the Ecuadorean government to
      because of his government's policies and                                 court. The judges in the case ruled in favour of the
      blamed them on the traditional agricultural                              Waorani. The ruling by Ecuador's Constitutional
      practices of Amazonian peoples.                                          Court protects 500,000 acres of Amazon rainforest
               Agencia Efe, 20th November 2019 (Adapted)                       against oil extraction.
                                                                                                                   BBC, 1st December 2020 (Adapted)
6   Spain once had so many forests, a squirrel could cross the peninsula without touching the ground.
    Do you think this statement is true or false? Investigate and write your opinion below. Give reasons
    for your answer.
TRUE OR FALSE?
      
      
     
      
     
     
     
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY      Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   109
    SHEET 6          EXTENSION
      You are going to travel around the world and meet some different groups who live a more traditional way of life. While
      on your trip, you are going to collect facts and information about the groups and create an informative poster.
1 Use this map as the basis of your trip. It shows the location of the peoples you will investigate.
                                                                                                  Nenets
                                                                         Sami
                                                                                                  people
                                                                        people
                                                                                                    Sherpa
                                              Seminole                                              people
                                               people
                                                                                        Bedouin
                                                                                         people
                                      Awá                                                                                         Maori
                                     people                                                                                       people
                                                                              Maasai
                                                                              people
Group:
Location:
Ways of life:
Economic activities:
Main threats:
110         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY     Content courtesy of      . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                   HOW THE EARTH'S LANDSCAPES
                                                                                                                         AFFECT PEOPLE
3   Who are the Sherpa people? Answer the questions.                             6    Tattoos are very important in Maori culture.
    • What are the Sherpa people good at? Why are
       they suited to a mountain landscape?                                                An expert, known as a tohunga,
                                                                                           traditionally provides Maori
    • Why do you think we rarely hear about them
                                                                                           tattoos. The process involves
       in news about mountaineering?
                                                                                           dipping tools in a mixture made
    • What are their religious beliefs?                                                   from the ashes of burnt roots.
    • What do the Sherpa people demand today?                                             The tohunga usually asks who the
                                                                                           tattoo is for.
                                                                                                                      – moko, is not a
                                                                                           A Maori tattoo design, or ta
    BEDOUIN PEOPLE
                                                                                           simple thing. Each one tells the story and
4   Are you familiar with the Bedouin people?                                              genealogy of the individual. Therefore, it's
                                                                                           rare to find two tattoos the same.
    • What do you think life in the desert is like?
       What do they mainly do?                                                                                                OK Diario, 15th February 2021
                                                                                                                                                               (Adapted)
    • What are their houses like? What about
       their clothes?
    • Are any of the other peoples nomadic? Why is that?                             • What do Maori tattoos represent?
    • What is particularly interesting about the                                     • What else do you know about the Maori people?
       Bedouin people?                                                                • What is life like for them today?
5   Read the text and answer the questions.                                      7    Look for information and answer the questions.
                                                                                      • Where do they live?
      Ngai is the creator of the universe and                                         • What are the main characteristics of the Seminole?
      everything in it. This Supreme God lives at the
                                                                                      • How have they adapted to modern life? Did they have
      top of Mount Kilimanjaro. Ngai created the
                                                                                         to break with any traditions in order to adapt?
      Maasai and then created cattle, so they had
      food. This was the beginning for the Maasai.
                                                                                     AWÁ PEOPLE
      Their cattle are more important to them than
      anything else. They raid farms and steal cattle                            8    Look for information at
      from others because they believe they are only
                                                                                      the following link and
      taking back what Ngai gave them. They
                                                                                      answer the questions:
      arrived from the Nile valley during the 17th
                                                                                      https://assets.
      and 18th centuries. They became a military
                                                                                      survivalinternational.org
      society that dominated the grasslands of the
                                                                                      /documents/1124/awa
      Rift Valley. Today they live in Kenya and
                                                                                      -chronology-jan-2014.pdf
      Tanzania. They are a scattered group, divided
      into 12 clans. Each one has its own ceremonies                                  • Summarise the campaign
      and dialects.                                                                      which aimed to save the Awá.
                                                                                         What was the outcome?
                                                                                      • How do the Awá live? Why are they so threatened?
    • Where do the Maasai mostly live?
                                                                                 9    Say what type of landscape each of the peoples you
    • What is central to Maasai life?
                                                                                      have studied live in.
    • Are they a unified group? How are they organised?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY          Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   111
                                                                                                             HOW THE EARTH'S LANDSCAPES
    SHEET 7          EXTENSION
                                                                                                                   AFFECT PEOPLE
IDENTIFYING LANDSCAPES
READ
        Going up that river was like travelling                                 In the past, I have loved the Sahara. I have spent
        back to the beginning of the world, when                                nights alone in the path of thieving tribes and
        vegetation rioted on earth and the big trees                            woken up happy in the golden, empty desert,
        were kings.                                                             where the wind, like a sea, has created waves of
                                                                                sand on the surface. Asleep under the wing of my
        An empty stream, a great silence, an
                                                                                plane, I have looked forward to being rescued the
        impenetrable forest. The air was warm,
                                                                                next day. But this was not the Sahara! Prévot and I
        thick, heavy, stagnant. There was no joy in
                                                                                walked. The ground was sand, covered with a
        the bright sun. The long river continued,
                                                                                single layer of shiny black pebbles. They looked
        deserted, into the dark distance. On silvery
                                                                                like metal scales and shone like armour. We had
        sandbanks, hippos and alligators relaxed
                                                                                fallen into a mineral world and iron hills caged us
        next to each other. The river, getting wider,
                                                                                […]
        flowed through forest islands; you got lost
        in the same way you would in a desert, and                              The wind was getting cold, and I was learning that
        constantly passed shoals of fish as you                                 there is no refuge in the desert. The desert is as
        tried to find the channel, until you went                               smooth as a marble. During the day, there's no
        crazy and felt cut off from everything you                              shade; at night you are unprotected from the wind.
        once knew. […]                                                          Not a tree, hedge or rock to shelter behind. The
                                                                                wind was attacking me like an army across open
        I had to keep looking for the channel; I had
                                                                                country. I turned and twisted to escape it: I lay
        to try and find the signs of hidden banks;
                                                                                down, stood up, lay down again, and still, I
        I looked for sunken stones.
                                                                                couldn't escape it. I had no strength to run from
                                           Heart of Darkness,                   the assassin and I fell to my knees, my head
                                         Joseph Conrad, 1899                    between my hands.
                                                    (Adapted)
                                                                                    Wind, Sand and Stars, Antoine de Saint-Exupéry, 1939
                                                                                                                              (Adapted)
 QUESTIONS
1     Answer the questions.                                                 3    Investigate and analyse.
      • Who wrote the books? When were they written?                            • What are the main deserts of the
      • Which landscapes do they describe?                                         world and where are they located?
      • According to the extracts, what is life like in                         • What are some interesting facts
         these landscapes?                                                          about the Sahara desert? Which
                                                                                    countries does it cover?
      • What other book did the accident inspire?                               • Imagine you are in one of the landscapes described
                                                                                    in the extracts and write a story of your experiences.
112         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY         Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
Assessment
resources
Self-assessment
Assessment
     5           SELF-ASSESSMENT
                                                                                            1. b, 2. c, 3. a, 4. b, 5. a, 6. c, 7. a, 8. c, 9. b, 10. c.
                                                                                                                                                    ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY       Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   115
          5                     ASSESSMENT
1 Explain the differences between natural landscapes and humanised landscapes. (0.5 p.)
Relief:
Vegetation:
3 Compare the climate, rivers and vegetation of an equatorial landscape and a tropical landscape. (1.5 p.)
Equatorial
Tropical
4 Explain why hot landscapes (equatorial, tropical, desert) are often uninhabited. (1 p.)
5 Which temperate landscapes do these maps correspond to? Write where they are located. (1.5 p.)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          cle
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  c Cir
                                                            Circle                                                                   ircle                                                                Arcti
                                                   Arctic                                                                    Arctic C
                                                                                                                   cle
                                                                                                   Antarctic Cir
                                                                                                                                                                                      Antarctic Circle
Antarctic Circle
                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                                              
                                                                             959069_05_p104_h03_loc_clima_oceanico
959069_05_p106_h01_loc_clima_mediterraneo
                                                                                                                                                                959069_05_p108_h01_loc_clima_continental
116                 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY                        Content courtesy of                         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                           TEST B
6   Analyse the type of climate found in these landscapes and the vegetation that grows there. (1.5 p.)
    Mediterranean landscape:
• Climate:
• Vegetation:
Oceanic landscape:
• Climate:
• Vegetation:
Continental landscape:
• Climate:
• Vegetation:
7   Explain which temperate landscapes (Mediterranean, continental, oceanic) are more populated.
    Give some examples. (1 p.)
    
8   Look at the photo and answer the questions. (1 p.)
                                                                                                     
                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                120
                                                          30                                                   60
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY          Content courtesy of            . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.        117
       5                    ASSESSMENT
      A friend of yours is travelling around the world and wants you to record all the places she travels through.
      So far, she has sent you these photos for you to organise.
1 Look at the photos and answer the questions so that you can classify them. (1 p.)
A B
                                                           E
D
• In general, are they sparsely or highly populated? Which are the most populated? Relate your answer to the climates.
                               Landscape D:                                         Landscape E: 
                                                                                     
                                                                                    
118                  GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY   Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                         TEST A
2   Your friend has spent a few days in this Mediterranean landscape. (1.5 p.)
                                                            • What physical features does this landscape have? 
3   What impressed your friend the most was a mountain climbing trip.                                                    Andes        Altitude
                                                                                                                                                  Alps
                                                                                                  Perpetual snow                    (in metres)                       Perpetual snow
    She drew this diagram of her climb. (1.5 p.)                                                  Bushes and meadows
                                                                                                                                       6,000
                                                                                                                                                                      Meadows
                                                                                                   Coniferous forest                  5,500                           Scrubland
    • Why does the vegetation change?                                                           Mixed rainforest                    5,000                           Coniferous forest
                                                                                                  and savannah
                                                                                                  Rainforest                          4,500                           Decidious forest
                                                                                                                                     4,000
                                                                                                          West face                                      North face
                                                                                                                                      3,500
2,500
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
0
4   When your friend was visiting the temperate landscapes, during the winter, she sailed down this river. (1.5 p.)
                                                                                                                       959069_05_p110_h2_cliserie
                                                                   • What is the river's flow like? 
5   In her last email she sent you this article. Read it and answer the questions. (1.5 p.)
                                                                                              • What is the text about? 
      Forests, which cover 30.7 % of the Earth's surface (4,000
      million hectares) and are home to more than 80 % of all                                         
      terrestrial species of animals, plants and insects, are being
                                                                                              • Which areas have been most affected? What type
      lost. With them, we lose valuable carbon drains that
                                                                                                of forest is it primarily? 
      combat climate change.
      In these last five years, four countries in the Amazon basin                                    
      have lost the most forests: Brazil, Bolivia, Colombia and
                                                                                                      
      Peru. West Africa and the Congo Basin are also suffering
      losses. In Asia, the greatest loss of forests is happening                              • What effects could this have on people's lives? 
      in Indonesia, Malaysia and Cambodia.
                                                                                                  
                                             El País, 12th September 2019
                                                                      (Adapted)                   
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY     Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                   119
       5             ANSWER KEY
                                                                                     Actividades
                            Criterios                                                                                                 Saberes relacionados
                                                                         Prueba B                 Prueba A
Test B
 1    A natural landscape is one that has not been modified by                                Tropical. Climate: temperatures are high throughout the year,
      humans. It is the result of the interaction between climate,                            but lower than in the equatorial climate. Precipitation is
      relief, water, vegetation, fauna and soil.                                              abundant, but falls mostly in one period of the year. This
      A humanised landscape is one in which nature has been                                   causes alternating wet and dry seasons. Depending on the
      modified by humans. The most favourable landscapes for life                             amount of rainfall, we can distinguish between a tropical
      have the highest populations. Humans have modified these                                dry climate and a tropical wet climate. Rivers: they have less
      landscapes the most.                                                                    abundant flows than the rivers of the equatorial climate.
 2    Landscape: desert.                                                                      They have an irregular flow that varies according to rainfall.
      Type of desert (climate): it is a hot desert. During the day,                           Vegetation: the dry season creates a savannah landscape.
      temperatures are always very high, and can reach over 50 ºC.                            Its vegetation includes grasses that can grow very tall and
      Temperatures fall very sharply at night, sometimes to below                             that change colour according to the season: they are
      0 ºC. Precipitation is very scarce.                                                     green in the wet season and yellow in the dry season.
      Relief: it is a sandy desert, with lots of sand dunes.                                  Shrubs and deciduous trees, such as acacia and baobab,
                                                                                              grow amongst the grasses. On the banks of rivers, trees
      Vegetation: in the photo we can see an oasis, which grows
                                                                                              form gallery forests. In areas closest to the Equator,
      in more humid areas.
                                                                                              tropical forests develop. In areas close to deserts,
 3    Equatorial. Climate: temperatures are always high. There is                             steppes form.
      very little difference in temperature between the seasons, or
      between day and night. Precipitation is very abundant and
                                                                                          4   The rainforest is sparsely populated because heat and
      evenly distributed throughout the year. Rivers: they have                               humidity favour the spread of disease. In addition, the dense
      abundant, regular flows. Vegetation: heat and humidity favour                           vegetation and fragile soil make human activities difficult to
      the growth of a dense, lush, evergreen forest. It is home to a                          carry out. Deserts are usually sparsely populated because of
      great diversity of plant species (hevea, mahogany, ebony,                               their extreme climate. Less than 2 % of the world's population
      etc.) and animals (especially birds and insects). Vegetation in                         lives in deserts. The inland savannah is sparsely populated;
      the rainforest is divided into layers of different heights.                             people live along the coasts and riverbanks.
120         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY          Content courtesy of              . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
5   The first shows the Mediterranean climate, found at latitudes                       Test A
    of between 30° and 40° in both hemispheres, but typically
    around the Mediterranean Sea. The second shows the
                                                                                   1    • A
                                                                                           : desert; B: savannah; C: polar; D: steppe; and
    oceanic climate, which extends mostly along the western                               E: rainforest.
    coasts of temperate zones, between the 40° and 60°                                  • In general, they are sparsely populated landscapes. In
    parallels north and south of the Equator. The third shows the                          rainforests, the high temperatures and continuous rainfall
    continental climate, which is found mostly in the north and                            favour the spread of disease. In deserts, low precipitation
    centre of Europe, Asia and North America.                                              and high temperatures make life difficult. In polar
                                                                                           landscapes, the cold temperatures mean that the soil is
6   Mediterranean. Climate: temperatures are very high
                                                                                           always covered with ice. Steppes are arid and dry.
    in summer and mild in winter. Precipitation is not very
    abundant and mainly falls in spring and autumn. Summers                                 In the savannah, changes in temperatures and
    are very dry. Vegetation: it is adapted to the summer                                   precipitation also make it difficult to establish stable
    droughts. Most of the trees and shrubs are evergreen.                                   settlements. The most populated landscapes would be the
    The typical species found in Mediterranean forests are holm                             savannah and the steppe landscape. Both have been
    oak, cork oak, and Mediterranean pine. There is also                                    modified to adapt them to the needs of humans.
    scrubland and shrubs, many of which are aromatic, such                              • Landscape A: only species adapted to aridity live there.
    as rosemary, lavender, rockrose, oregano and thyme.                                    Plants, such as cacti, do not have leaves. They store water
    Oceanic. Climate: temperatures are mild all year round, due                            in their stems and roots. In more humid areas, oases form,
                                                                                           where date palms grow.
    to the influence of the ocean: summers are cool and winters
    are mild. Precipitation is abundant and regular. Vegetation: on                         Landscape B: the dry season creates a savannah
    the coast and mountains there are extensive meadows. In                                 landscape. Its vegetation includes grasses that can grow
    inland areas and areas at medium altitude, deciduous forests                            very tall and that change colour according to the season:
    grow, with trees such as beech, chestnut and oak. There is                              they are green in the wet season and yellow in the dry
    moorland in areas with poor soil. The vegetation here                                   season. Shrubs and deciduous trees, such as acacia and
    consists of shrubs, grasses and bushes.                                                 baobab, grow amongst the grasses.
    Continental. Climate: temperatures vary greatly: winters are                            Landscape C: the characteristic features of the polar
    long and cold, and summers are short and hot. Precipitation                             landscape are ice and snow. In nearly all polar regions,
    is moderate and falls mostly in the summer. Vegetation:                                 the soil and subsoil remain frozen all year, and vegetation
    northern forests or taiga grow in the northern regions. It is                           cannot grow because of the cold.
    made up of evergreen trees, such as firs and pines. To the                              Landscape D: steppes are typical of the continental
    south, in humid and less cold areas, there are prairies. They                           landscape. They form in areas with high temperatures
    consist of tall grasses and are characteristic of the inland                            and lower rainfall. They are covered by short grass.
    plains. In the warmer and drier areas, steppes form, which
                                                                                            Landscape E: heat and humidity favour the growth of a
    are covered by short grass.
                                                                                            dense, lush, evergreen forest. It is home to a great diversity
7   The most populated ones are the Mediterranean and the                                   of plant species (hevea, mahogany, ebony, etc.) and
    oceanic landscapes. An important example of the oceanic                                 animals (especially birds and insects). In rainforests,
    landscape is western Europe, which has one of the highest                               vegetation is divided into layers of different heights.
    population densities in the world, and is also greatly                              • The photos mainly show natural landscapes, since no
    transformed. Today, urban and industrial landscapes are                                transformations made by people are visible.
    most common. Most of the population of regions with a
                                                                                   2    • This landscape has a Mediterranean climate with
    Mediterranean climate live in cities and work in industry or
                                                                                           temperatures that are very high in summer and mild in the
    the service sector. These areas are home to some of the
                                                                                           winter. Precipitation is low, which means that the rivers
    world's most active cities, such as San Francisco, New York,
                                                                                           have low, irregular flows. The vegetation is adapted to the
    Miami (all in the USA) and Rome (Italy).
                                                                                           summer droughts. The typical species are the holm oak,
8   • The polar landscape.                                                                the cork oak, and, in some areas, the Mediterranean pine.
    • Tundra grows here, composed of moss and lichen.                                     There is also scrubland and shrubs.
    • It is a sparsely populated area, due to its extreme climate                      • It is a highly populated zone since ancient times. In inland
       and the fact that it is difficult to grow crops on these lands.                     regions, forests were cut down to make room for
9   • Precipitation is abundant throughout the year.                                      agriculture and pastures for feeding livestock. On the
    • Temperatures are cold all year round, lower in winter                               coast, and on plains near rivers, humans have made
       than in summer.                                                                     canals and channels to irrigate cultivated areas. In addition,
    • Mountain landscapes are found in large mountain ranges,                             in recent decades, the growth of tourism has also
       such as the Himalayas (Asia), the Andes (America) and                               profoundly changed the natural environment, especially
       the Alps (Europe).                                                                  along the coastlines.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY          Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   121
       5                  ANSWER KEY
122          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY        Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                     The physical environment
                                             of the continents                                                                                                6
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   123
          6                        The physical environment
                                   of the continents
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                126
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                         Sheet 1. The relief of the continents.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                   128
                                         Sheet 2. Climates and landscapes. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                   129
                                   •     Techniques
                                         Sheet 5. The continents .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                  132
                                   Extension
                                         Sheet 6. Let's plan a trip! .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                 133
                                         Sheet 7. Do only men climb mountains? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                              134
                                         Sheet 8. Out of Africa.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                           136
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                    139
                                   Assessment
                                   • Assessment tests
                                         Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   140
                                         Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    142
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                        125
        6
                               STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 10
An aspect of this world knowledge that is worth emphasising is                         This challenge allows students to deepen
the understanding that some natural environments are more                              their knowledge of the world's natural
favourable than others for the development of human life. Regions                      environments and appreciate the value
with more extreme climates, or high mountain areas, offer fewer                        of reliable information to form their own
opportunities for agriculture, livestock and human settlements.                         judgements based on objective data.
Therefore, they generate inequalities that threaten development.
      STARTING POINT
        The natural environment conditions our way of life. This is the message that the first photo introduces.
      • 
        The relief, the scarcity or abundance of water, and climatic conditions set the framework within which
        human life develops. Mountain reliefs such as the one in the photo hinder communications and agricultural
        development. As a result, mountains are rarely home to dense populations, and population decreases the
        further north or south they are. The mountains of the tropical and equatorial zones, on the other hand, are
        often more populated, due to the milder climatic conditions found there compared to the plains.
      • Human activity endangers ecosystems. The natural environment conditions human life, but humans
         also affect ecosystems. The infographic at the beginning of the unit in the Student's Book highlights how
         human activity affects ecosystems. The Sahel is a transition zone between the Sahara Desert and the tropical
         rainforests. Like all transition zones, it remains in a precarious balance that is altered when its original
         conditions change. Human activity has brought about significant changes due to overgrazing, farming
         operations and population growth. However, projects such as the Great Green Wall can help to restore
         the original balance and also to improve the living conditions of the people in the area.
126         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Personalised
                                                                       learning
                                                                       Reinforcement
                                                                       Extension
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   127
                                                                                                       THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
    SHEET 1         REINFORCEMENT                                                                          OF THE CONTINENTS
Africa
America
Asia
Europe
Oceania
2 Put numbers on the map below to represent the relief features from Activity 1.
128         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                      THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
        SHEET 2        REINFORCEMENT                                                                                      OF THE CONTINENTS
                                                                                                                                                            G
                                                                        A
                                            D
                                                                                                                                                                    F
                                                            C
                  2,000 metres
                    500 metres
                     0 metres
A Mediterranean
              B                                    Beech forest
                                                131046_04_p84_mundi_altimetria
              C                                                                                 Equatorial
D Sahara Desert
F Mountain
G Eurasian steppe
    GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   129
                                                                                                             THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
    SHEET 3       REINFORCEMENT                                                                                  OF THE CONTINENTS
                                                               • Europe:
                                Arctic basin                   • America:
                                                               • Asia:
                                                               • Europe:
                              Atlantic basin                   • America:
                                                               • Africa:
                                                               • Africa:
                               Indian Ocean                    • Oceania:
                                   basin
                                                               • Asia:
                                                               • Europe:
                              Black Sea basin
• Europe:
                              Mediterranean                    • Africa:
                                  basin                        • Asia:
• America:
                               Pacific basin
                                                               • Asia:
130        GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of           . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                    THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
    SHEET 4         REINFORCEMENT                                                                                       OF THE CONTINENTS
Europe
1     Do the activities about the continent of Europe.
                                                                                                                                      A
B                                                                                                                                         Locate Europe's
    Write an example of each                                                                                                              geographical limits
    relief feature:                                                                                                                       at these points:
    • peninsula:           • island:                                                                                                      • North:
    • cape:		              • gulf:                                                                                                        • South:
                                                                                                                                          • East:
                                                                                                                                          • West:
C
    Which basins do these rivers
    belong to?
    • Vistula:         • Volga:
                                                                 D
                                                                     Look at the photos of the mountains. Which type of European
    • Danube:          • Pechora:                                    mountain ranges do they belong to? Where are they located?
    • Rhône:           • Rhine:
                                                                                                                G
                                                                                                                     Look at the photo. Tick the type
F
     What type of European climate does the information refer to?                                                    of landscape it shows.
• It occurs along the Atlantic coastline and extends inland. Mediterranean landscape
     • The rainfall is usually high and regular, but declines                                                              Continental landscape
        in summer.                                                                                                          Oceanic landscape
     • Temperatures are mild all year round.                                                                              Mountain landscape
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of            . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   131
                                                                                                        THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
    SHEET 5          REINFORCEMENT                                                                          OF THE CONTINENTS
                     Techniques
         Name:                                                                        Year:                            Date:
The continents
1     Read the texts and indicate which continent they relate to.
    A                                                                 B
         Traditionally, it is considered one of the six                       A couple of years ago, an enormous rift of several
         existing continents on our planet. However,                          kilometres shocked Kenyan residents who were
         from a Physical Geography point of view,                             travelling between Nairobi and Narok. To the
         it is, in reality, an extension in the form                          naked eye, it seems like the continent is
         of a peninsula to the west of the Asian                              separating and what is now solid ground will
         continent. Because it is a peninsula, it is                          eventually become a new ocean.
         difficult to determine its exact eastern limit.
                                                                                                 La Razón, 11th September 2020 (Adapted)
    C                                                                 D
         Australia is not a continent. It is the largest                      This is a continent of strong contrasts. There is
         island in the world, which is part of the smallest                   the highest peak on the planet (Everest, which
         continent in the world. Of the total area of this                    measures 8,850 metres) and the deepest
         continent, Australia makes up 85 %, New                              depression (the Dead Sea, at 395 metres below sea
         Zealand and Papua New Guinea make up 8 %,                            level), with deeper marine pits surrounding the
         and the rest is made up of thousands of small                        area. Other locations include Verkhoyansk, one of
         islands and islets that form dependent and                           the coldest places in the world, and Cherrapunji,
         independent states scattered across the Pacific                      which is considered the rainiest place on Earth;
         Ocean. The name of this continent comes from                         deserts, tundra and rainforests, flowing rivers,
         the ocean in which it is located.                                    wadis, etc.
2 Text A. 4 Text C.
• What continent does the text refer to? • Why does this zone have so many islands?
        • Find and explain another interesting fact about                     • Find out about Zealandia and explain what it is.
           this continent.
        • What myth inspired its name?
                                                                          5    Text D.
                                                                               • W
                                                                                  hy does the text say that this continent has
3       Text B.                                                                  strong contrasts?
        • Find more information and explain what produced this                • What other facts could you add about this continent?
           situation. What consequences will it have?
        • What type of relief is most common in that area?
                                                                          6    Two continents are not mentioned in the texts.
                                                                               • L ook for information about the other two continents
                                                                                  and write a short text that is similar to those you have
                                                                                  read about the other continents. For help, think about
                                                                                  these questions.
                                                                                 – What do you find most interesting about the
                                                                                   American continent?
                                                                                 – Is there a great variety of climates on this continent?
                                                                                 – Who lives in Antarctica? What do those people
                                                                                   do there?
                                                                                 – When was Antarctica's territory protected? When will
                                                                                    the protection treaty expire?
132           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                  THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
    SHEET 6        EXTENSION
                                                                                                                      OF THE CONTINENTS
     You are going on a trip through Europe on the Danube. But first you are going to prepare a guide to help you organise
     the trip properly.
4 Read this description of the Iron Gates and search for information relating to memorable sites through which the river flows.
6 With all the information you have found, work in groups to prepare an infographic about the Danube.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   133
    SHEET 7        EXTENSION
134        GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                      THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
                                                                                                                          OF THE CONTINENTS
          • When did she climb Everest? What problems did she                          • The Spaniard Edurne Pasaban was the first woman in
              suffer there? How did she get over them?                                     the world to reach the peak of all 14 eight-thousanders
                                                                                           (14 peaks over 8,000 m). Read the text below and look
    3     Analyse.                                                                         for information about her achievements. Afterwards,
                                                                                           make a doodle showing her achievements.
          • What do you think of Tabei's attitude and her motto
             of never giving up?
          • Do you think that she suffered marginalisation for her                            "We all have a K2 in our lives"
             hobby? Why or why not?                                                           Edurne Pasaban's story goes much further
          • How has Tabei's determination allowed other women                               than her impressive sporting feats. Her story
              to follow in her footsteps?                                                     is one of overcoming fears and doubts that we
                                                                                              can all have in our lives. She explains: "In the
    4     Investigate.                                                                        end, I wrote every page of my life story."
          • Search for information on the "Seven Summits". Then                             Now, watch part of the interview within the
              complete a table like the one below.
                                                                                              Aprendemos Juntos project: https://www.
                                                                                              youtube.com/watch?v=amTMqQfEpqg.
                                            Everest (8,850 m)
Everest
Aconcagua
Denali
Kilimanjaro
Elbrus
Puncak Jaya
Vinson
   GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of           . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.          135
                                                                                                       THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
    SHEET 8         EXTENSION
                                                                                                           OF THE CONTINENTS
OUT OF AFRICA
READ
    I had a farm in Africa, at the foot of the Ngong Hills.         blossomed with an intense smell. The views were
    The Equator runs a hundred miles north of these                 immensely wide. Everything you saw made for
    highlands, and the farm lay at an altitude of over              greatness and freedom, with an air of unique
    6,000 feet. In the daytime, you felt that you had risen         nobility.
    near to the Sun, but the early mornings and
    evenings were clear and calm, and the nights were               The main feature of the landscape, and of your life in
    cold.                                                           it, was the air. Remembering a visit to the African
                                                                    highlands, you have the impression of feeling like
    The geographical position and the height of the land            you have lived for a while in the air. Usually, the sky
    combined to create a landscape unique in all the                was rarely more than pale blue or violet, with a
    world. There was no excess or luxury anywhere; it               profusion of powerful, weightless, ever-changing
    was the strong and refined essence of Africa in its             clouds rising and sailing on it, but it also had a blue
    purest form at 6,000 feet high. The colours were dry            vigour that painted the ranges of hills and the woods
    and burnt, like the colours in pottery. The trees had a         a fresh deep blue. […] Up in this high air, you
    light, delicate foliage. The structure of the trees was         breathed easily, drawing in a vital assurance and
    different from those in Europe; the trees did not
                                                                    lightness of heart. In the highlands, you woke up in
    grow in bows or arches but in horizontal layers,
                                                                    the morning and thought, here I am, where I ought
    which made them look like solitary palm trees. They
                                                                    to be.
    also had a heroic and romantic air, such as ships
    with their sails rolled up. The trees at the edge of the        The Mountain of Ngong stretches in a long range
    forest made the ground appear as if it were gently              from north to south and is crowned with four noble
    vibrating. The crooked and bare old thorn-trees                 peaks like immovable darker blue waves against the
    were spaced across the grass of the great plains. The           sky. It rises 8,000 feet above the sea and 2,000 feet
    grass had an aroma like thyme and myrtle; in some               above the surrounding country in the east; but to the
    places, the smell was so strong, that it made the nose          west, the drop is deeper and more precipitous: the
    sting. All the flowers that you found on the plains, or         hills fall vertically down towards the Great Rift
    upon the vines and lianas in the native forest were             Valley.
    tiny like the flowers of the dunes. At the beginning
    of the rainy season, some big and heavy lilies                                           Out of Africa, Isak Dinesen, 1937 (Adapted)
QUESTIONS
136         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Assessment
                                                                       resources
                                                                       Self-assessment
                                                                       Assessment
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   137
     6             SELF-ASSESSMENT
1   The Great European Plain extends over…                                      6     The main rivers of America's Atlantic basin, and their
         a. the south and east of Europe.                                             characteristics, are…
         b. the centre and east of Europe.                                                    a. the Mississippi and the Amazon, which are short
                                                                                                  rivers that begin near coastal mountains.
         c. the centre and north of Europe.
                                                                                              b. the Mississippi and the Colorado, which are long
                                                                                                  rivers with an irregular flow.
2   In Europe there are many islands, such as…
                                                                                              c. the Mississippi and the Amazon, which are long
         a. Great Britain, Madagascar, Islas Canarias, Crete
                                                                                                  rivers with a high flow.
             and Sardinia.
         b. Iceland, Ireland, Great Britain, Corsica, Sardinia,                7     The highest peak and the highest plateau on Earth are
             Sicily, Malta and Crete.                                                 found in Asia and are…
         c. Iceland, Ireland, Great Britain, Australia, Corsica,                             a. Everest and the Caspian Sea.
             Sardinia and Crete.
                                                                                              b. Everest and the plateau of Tibet.
3   The European basin in which the rivers have                                               c. K2 and the Aral Sea.
    low flows is…
         a. the Mediterranean basin.
                                                                                8     The four basins into which Asian rivers flow are the…
b. the Atlantic basin. a. Arctic, Indian Ocean, Pacific and Atlantic basins.
         c. the Black Sea basin.                                                              b. Arctic, Indian Ocean, Pacific and Mediterranean
                                                                                                  basins.
4   In the continental landscape, the vegetation is                                           c. Indian Ocean, Pacific, Atlantic and Mediterranean
    predominantly…                                                                                basins.
         a. evergreen trees, scrubland and shrubs, like
             maquis and garigue.
                                                                                9     The main islands that form Oceania are…
         b. deciduous forests (beech, oak, chestnut, etc.)                                   a. Micronesia, Melanesia and Polynesia.
             and moorland (scrubland of heather, gorse                                        b. Australia, Micronesia and New Zealand.
             and blueberries).                                                                c. Australia, New Zealand and New Guinea.
         c. grasslands and steppes, in the dry areas,
             and taiga in the colder areas.                                     10    The continent of Antarctica is covered by a layer
                                                                                      of ice called…
5   Africa's highest mountain peaks are located…                                              a. an ice sheet.
         a. in the Great Rift Valley.                                                         b. an iceberg.
         b. to the northwest, in the Atlas Mountains.                                         c. permafrost.
         c. to the south, in the Drakensberg Mountains.
                                                                                               1. b, 2. b, 3. a, 4. c, 5. a, 6. c, 7. b, 8. b, 9. c, 10. a.
                                                                                                                                                       ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of           . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   139
       6            ASSESSMENT
2 Write the corresponding continent for each coastal landform. (1.5 p.)
3 Cross out the type of vegetation that is not found in Europe. Then match the right vegetation to its landscape. (1 p.)
140         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of            . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                TEST B
• Which continent has the most islands? What are the main ones?
• What type of climate is most common in Africa? Why? What landscapes are mainly found there?
5 Complete fact sheets like the ones below for each European basin. (1.5 p.)
         Basin:                                                                  Basin: 
         Characteristics:                                                        Characteristics: 
         Example:                                                                Example: 
         Basin:                                                                  Basin: 
         Characteristics:                                                        Characteristics: 
         Example:                                                                Example: 
                                          Basin: 
                                          Characteristics: 
                                          Example: 
• The rivers of the Mediterranean basin are short and have a fairly low flow, except for the Nile:
• The Alpine mountain ranges form an arc to the south, around the Mediterranean coast:
• There are abundant reefs, atolls and archipelagos consisting of very small islands:
• In the south of the continent there are equatorial, tropical and desert climates:
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       141
       6              ASSESSMENT
      Imagine that you work in a travel agency. Different customers have asked you to organise routes around Earth's
      continents. You have already organised some, but you need to clarify certain issues.
• Which basin does the Amazon belong to? What other basins are there in America?
2 Customers who plan to visit Asia want to see the most extreme places on this continent. (2 p.)
142           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                TEST A
– A plain:
         – 
          Four islands:				– 
                            Three peninsulas:
• Isabel wants to relax for a few days in a climate with very warm summers. What climate is it? What landscapes will she see?
4   Manolo and Luis want to travel over much of Africa, but they have many questions.
    Look at the route you have prepared for them. (2 p.)
    • What relief features will they pass through? Write them on the map.
    • They want to see the highest peak in Africa and visit the largest lake.
       Which areas would they need to go to? What should they see? Locate
       them on the map.
    • Another idea is to visit one of the longest rivers in the world. Which river is
       it? Locate it on the map. What landscapes will they see along the river?
5 To visit an atoll, which continent would you go to? What is the largest island on this continent? What is it like? (1 p.)
6 Why are tourists not able to visit Antarctica? What is its relief like? (1 p.)
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       143
       6              CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                              Actividades
                            Criterios                                                                                         Saberes relacionados
                                                                     Prueba B             Prueba A
Test B
5     Mediterranean basin. In general, these rivers have a fairly               1    • Rocky Mountains, Great Plains, Appalachian Mountains,
      low, irregular flow. In summer, they have a very low water                        Florida Peninsula, Antilles Archipelago, Lake Maracaibo,
      level. Example: Po.                                                               Amazon Rainforest, Amazon River, Andes and Patagonia.
      Atlantic basin. These rivers have a high flow because they cross                  I. D.
      areas with abundant rainfall all year. Example: Western Dvina.                 • They will experience practically all the climates, and
      Caspian Sea basin. These rivers are long and have a high                          therefore, they will see all types of hot, temperate
      flow. Example: Volga.                                                             and cold landscapes.
      Black Sea basin. These are long, navigable rivers that flow                    • It belongs to the Atlantic basin. America also has
      across central and Eastern Europe. Example: Dnieper.                              the Pacific basin and the Arctic basin.
144           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of             . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
2   • I. D. – The highest plateau: Tibet.                                            4     • Atlas Mountains, Sahara Desert, Adamawa Massif, Kalahari
      – The highest peak: Everest.                                                            Desert and Drakensberg Mountains.
                                                                                              I. D.
      – An inland depression: the Dead Sea.
                                                                                           • The Great Rift Valley. They will see Mount Kilimanjaro,
    • A: Central Siberian Plateau. B: Great Chinese Plain.
                                                                                              the highest peak, and Lake Victoria, the largest lake.
       C: Caspian Sea. D: Arabian Peninsula. E: Bay of Bengal.
                                                                                              I. D.
       F: Japanese Archipelago.
                                                                                           • The Nile. Tropical, desert and mountain landscapes.
    • I. D. – a river that belongs to the Pacific basin: Yangtze.
                                                                                     5     To Oceania. The largest island on this continent is Australia.
      – a river that belongs to the Indian Ocean basin: Ganges.
                                                                                           It has low plateaus in the west and plains in the centre. The
3   • Mainly in the Black Sea basin, but also in some stretches                           only large mountain range is the Great Dividing Range. The
       of the rivers of the Atlantic basin and the Caspian Sea                             main rivers are the Murray and its tributary, the Darling.
       basin. For example, in the Black Sea basin, the Danube; in
                                                                                     6     The Protocol on Environmental Protection to the Antarctic
       the Atlantic basin, the Rhine; and in the Caspian Sea basin,
                                                                                           Treaty was signed in order to prohibit the exploitation of
       the Volga.
                                                                                           Antarctica for 50 years. As a result, only a few groups of
    • I. D. and M. A. – A plain: The Great European Plain.                                scientists live there today. Moreover, its extreme climate, the
      – Three mountain ranges: Pirineos, Ural and Carpathian                              coldest in the world, makes life there almost impossible.
         mountains.                                                                        Its relief is completely covered by ice, and it is the continent
      – Four islands: Great Britain, Iceland, Corsica and Sicily.                         with the highest average altitude: 2,200 m. However, only the
      – Three peninsulas: Scandinavian, Italian and the Península                         highest peaks, such as Mount Vinson, rise above the ice.
         Ibérica.                                                                          Antarctica has an almost circular shape, which is only broken
    • The Mediterranean climate. She will see evergreen trees                             by the Antarctic Peninsula. On its coasts there are two main
       (holm oaks, cork oaks), scrubland and shrubs, such as                               bays formed by the Weddell and the Ross seas, respectively.
       maquis (a dense formation of kermes oak, mastic tree, etc.)
       and garigue (a less dense formation of rosemary, thyme,
       lavender, etc.).
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   145
146   GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                         Understanding and preserving
                           Spain's natural environment                                                                                                        7
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   147
           7                       Understanding and preserving
                                   Spain's natural environment
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                150
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                         Sheet 1. Spain's relief .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                         152
                                         Sheet 2. Spain's coasts .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                               153
                                         Sheet 3. Spain's rivers .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                            154
                                   •     Go further
                                         Sheet 5. The Pirineos .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                              156
                                   Extension
                                         Sheet 6. Why is the Mediterranean region so populated? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                                          157
                                         Sheet 7. Is Spain turning into a desert?.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                      158
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                    161
                                   Assessment
                                   • Assessment tests
                                         Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   162
                                         Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    164
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                        149
         7
                               STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 15
      STARTING POINT
        National park status is the maximum level of protection for an ecosystem. The photo at the
      • 
        beginning of the unit in the Student's Book shows one of the 16 national parks on Spanish territory.
        The status of national park is the highest level of protection granted to a territory, where the main objective
        is to ensure the conservation of its natural value. In a national park, the priorities are non-intervention
        by humans, and the research and study of its characteristics. In national parks, there is an effort to combine
        conservation with citizens' use and enjoyment of the natural value found there.
        Ecosystem restoration is possible. The infographic at the beginning of the unit in the Student's Book
      • 
        analyses the steps needed to restore an ecosystem, details the main threats to our country's natural
        environment, and provides an example to show that ecosystem degradation can be stopped and reversed.
        The restoration project of the steppe plateau in the southeast of the peninsula, a rural area of one million
        hectares between Málaga and Alicante, was undertaken by the Dutch non-profit organisation Commonland,
        one of the official partners of the United Nations Decade for Ecosystem Restoration. By 2036, the project
        aims to restore the landscape of the plateau, achieve a balance between nature and human activities, and
        increase biodiversity and opportunities for people to find employment in the area.
150         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Personalised
                                                                       learning
                                                                       Reinforcement
                                                                       Extension
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   151
                                                                                                            UNDERSTANDING AND PRESERVING
    SHEET 1          REINFORCEMENT                                                                           SPAIN'S NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
Spain's relief
1     Look at the map and identify the landforms. Then complete the table and write whether each landform is within,
      surrounding or outside the Meseta Central.
                      2,500                                  1
                                                                                                                            3
                      1,500
                                                   2
                      1,000                                                                         5
                         400                                        4
                                                                                                                                          6
                             0
               Main rivers
               Reservoirs
                                                                         9
                                                                                                        8
                                                                                                                                                             7
                                                                        10
                                                          11
                                                                             13
                                                                                             14
                                                                 12
16
15
1 9
2 10
3 11
                4
                             131046_07_p168_espana_fisico_mudo
                                             12
5 13
6 14
7 15
8 16
152         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of            . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                              UNDERSTANDING AND PRESERVING
    SHEET 2        REINFORCEMENT                                                                               SPAIN'S NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
Spain's coasts
1    Look at the map. Colour Spain's coasts according to the key.
Cantabrian
Mediterranean
Atlantic
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   153
                                                                                                        UNDERSTANDING AND PRESERVING
    SHEET 3            REINFORCEMENT                                                                     SPAIN'S NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
Spain's rivers
1   	
     Look at the map. Spain's rivers are divided into three basins. Colour each basin according to the key.
                                                    B
                                                                      D
                         2,500           A
                         1,500
                         1,000
                           400                                C                             E
                                0
                  Main rivers
Reservoirs
2 Write the letter from the map that corresponds to each river. Then write the basin it is in.
• Navia: • Duero:
• Miño: • Ebro:
      • Nervión:               131046_07_p168_espana_fisico_mudo
                                                   • Tajo: 
• Guadalquivir: • Júcar:
4 See, think, wonder. Look at the photos and answer the questions.
154           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                        UNDERSTANDING AND PRESERVING
           SHEET 4            REINFORCEMENT                                                                              SPAIN'S NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
      Spain's landscapes
       1    Complete the fact sheets.
• Location: • Location:
• Climate: • Climate:
                 • Relief:
508737_05_p112_b_Medio mediterráneo
                                                                                           • Relief:                                            508737_05_p112_a_ Medio atlántico
• Vegetation: • Vegetation:
Mediterranean Oceanic
                                                                     SPAIN'S NATURAL
                                                                      ENVIRONMENTS
• Location: • Location:
• Climate: • Climate:
                 • Relief:                                                                 • Relief:
  508737_05_p114_a_Medio subtropical                                                                                                             508737_05_p114_b_Medio de montaña
• Vegetation: • Vegetation:
      GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of             . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.    155
                                                                                                       UNDERSTANDING AND PRESERVING
    SHEET 5        REINFORCEMENT                                                                        SPAIN'S NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
                   Go further
       Name:                                                                             Year:                            Date:
The Pirineos
1     Find out more about the Pirineos.
2 Research the height of the main peaks of the Pirineos. Mark them on the image above.
                                                                                                                          North             South
3     Complete the vegetation graph for the Pirineos. Then answer the questions.
                                                                                                                          (shade)           (Sun)
      • How is vegetation in the Pirineos distributed?
      • Which area has the most vegetation? Which has the least?
      • How do you think the climate is different in these two areas?
156         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                               UNDERSTANDING AND PRESERVING
    SHEET 6       EXTENSION
                                                                                                                SPAIN'S NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
2 Use the information in the table to create a climate graph. Then answer the questions.
J F M A M J J A S O N D Tot
3    The Mediterranean region has attracted people since ancient times. Read the text at
     https://historia.nationalgeographic.com.es/a/estrabon-griego-que-describio-iberia_8190 and answer the questions.
     • How did the Greeks reach the Península Ibérica?
     • What other ancient accounts of Spain are there?
     • How did Strabo describe the Península Ibérica? What area did he mention the most? And the least?
        What aspects of the peninsula did other authors focus on?
     • Find a description of a landscape in one of Strabo's works. Then try to identify where the landscape
        is. Explain your answer.
4    The Spanish coasts are some of the most populated regions of Spain. But what happens when we move
     inland? Read the text and answer the questions.
                                                                                     • Mark this so-called Spanish Lapland on
      Academics at the Universidad de Zaragoza have
                                                                                        the map. Can you explain its name?
      highlighted what they call a Spanish Lapland. This
      imaginary region includes the provinces of Soria,                              • How large is it? How many
      Guadalajara, Teruel, Cuenca, and inland areas of                                  municipalities are located within it?
      Valencia [ …] This Spanish Lapland covers an area of
                                                                                     • What problems affect this area?
      63,098.69 km2, an area twice the size of Belgium.
                                                                                        What is the relief like?
      Despite this impressive size, and the fact that 1,632
      municipalities are located within it, it has a                                 • Have you heard the term España Vacía?
      population of just 503,566. In other words, its                                   What do you think it means?
      population density is very low, at 7.98 inhabitants per
      km2. At the heart of this Spanish Lapland are the                              • Why are people talking about it more nowadays?
      Montes Universales, a mountainous region on the                                • What is the cause of the problem?
      border between Cuenca and Teruel.
                                 El País, 11th March 2017 (Adapted)
                                                                                     • What are some measures that might help slow
                                                                                        or reverse the trend?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.          157
    SHEET 7        EXTENSION
      You are going to work together to create an informative poster about the problem of water scarcity
      and desertification in Spain. Before you create your poster, you have some research to do.
1 Read the text and complete the table about water in Spain.
        There has been a moderate decrease in rainfall over the last 50 years according to AEMET, Spain's state
        meteorological agency. In the last decade, 2017 was particularly dry. With only 474 mm of rainfall, it was the
        second driest year since 1965.
        The agricultural industry is the largest consumer of water in Spain. According to INE data, the volume of water
        used for irrigation was 15,495 cubic hectometres in 2018. This is 265 % more than the volume of water used for
        domestic purposes in the same year. By autonomous community, water distribution for the purpose of
        agriculture is higher in Andalucía, Aragón and Castilla y León because there is more agriculture and farming
        in these regions.
        Furthermore, the World Wildlife Fund has highlighted the harmful practice of creating illegal wells in the
        country. There are believed to be around half a million illegal wells in Spain. These wells are linked to agricultural
        practices and are seriously affecting the country's aquifers. Some are even located close to vulnerable areas, such
        as the Doñana National Park in Andalucía and the Tablas de Daimiel in Castilla-La Mancha.
        But quantity is not the only problem. The quality of Spain's water is also in decline. In fact, 41.3 % of Spain's
        surface water is below standard, according to the Ministerio para la Transición Ecológica.
        And what about the cost of water? The average price of water in Spain is 1.91 € per m³, lower than in 2016, but
        still higher than 2014 when the price was 1.89 € per m3. The autonomous communities with the highest water
        prices are Cataluña (2.67 €) and Murcia (2.57 €). The autonomous communities with the lowest water prices are
        Castilla y León and La Rioja (1.13 €).
        The secretary of the Instituto del Agua y Medio Ambiente de la Universidad de Murcia, Teresa Navarro, explains
        that, "In Murcia, we get our water from desalination, or from other regions via the Tajo-Segura water transfer.
        This means water isn't a naturally occurring resource here, and so, we are starting from a higher price than
        communities in the northwest or centre of the peninsula."
        With regards to the domestic use of water, INE figures suggest average daily usage has fallen from 136 m3 per
        day per person in 2016 to 133 m3 per day per person in 2018. The Comunitat Valenciana had the highest figures
        that year at 175 litres. On a positive note, figures also suggest that 99.5 % of Spain's water supply is fit for
        consumption.
        Another water problem is the effect climate change is having on Spain's coasts. Coastal areas are very
        vulnerable because of the increased danger of flooding. According to data collected by AEMET, the
        Mediterranean Sea level is increasing at a rate of 3.4 mm per year. In addition, its temperature is also going
        up by 0.34 oC per decade.
                                                                                                            RTVE, 22nd March 2021 (Adapted)
158         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                   UNDERSTANDING AND PRESERVING
                                                                                                                    SPAIN'S NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
2   The authorities manage Spain's water supply challenges using                                       Reservoir                     Capacity                 Current level
    reservoirs, water transfers and desalination.
    • The table lists Spain's biggest reservoirs on the peninsula.                                  De la Serena
      – Find out where each one is located and mark them on the map                                   Alcántara
         in Activity 4.
      – Look for information about their water reserves on the website                                Almendra
         www.embalses.net and complete the table.
                                                                                                         Buendía
      – Why do you think the biggest reservoirs are located in these areas?
                                                                                                     Mequinenza
    • Find out more about the Tajo-Segura water transfer.
      – When was it created and why?                                                                      Cijara
      – Why has it received so much criticism?
                                                                                                      Valdecañas
    • Find out more about desalination.
                                                                                                        Ricobayo
      – How many desalination plants are there in Spain? Where are
         they located?
                                                                                                         Alarcón
      – What are some advantages and disadvantages associated
         with the process of desalination?                                                                Iznájar
3   People can help manage water supply challenges by introducing water-saving measures to their daily lives.
    With a partner, come up with ten ways people can reduce their water consumption.
1. 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
4. 9.
5. 10.
• What is desertification?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of              . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   159
Assessment
resources
Self-assessment
Assessment
                  161
     7             SELF-ASSESSMENT
1   The Submeseta Norte is crossed by…                                            6     The rivers of the Atlantic basin are…
         a. the Duero and its tributaries.                                                      a.	short with a regular flow.
         b. the Ebro and its tributaries.                                                       b.	long, with an irregular regime and an
         c. the Duero and the Tajo.                                                                 abundant flow.
                                                                                                c. long, with an irregular regime and flow.
2   The mountain ranges that surround the
    Meseta Central are…                                                           7     Which rivers belong to the Mediterranean basin?
         a.	the Macizo Galaico-Leonés, the Cordillera                                          a.	Nervión, Ebro, Júcar and Miño.
             Cantábrica and the Sierra Morena.                                                  b.	Duero, Tajo, Segura and Guadalquivir.
         b.	the Macizo Galaico-Leonés, the Cordillera                                          c.	Ebro, Júcar, Segura and Ter.
             Cantábrica, the Sistema Ibérico and the
             Sierra Morena.
                                                                                  8     The activity that consumes the most water
         c.	the Pirineos, the Sistema Costero-Catalán                                  in Spain is…
             and the Sistemas Béticos.
                                                                                                a.	industry.
                                                                                                1. a, 2. b, 3. a, 4. c, 5. a, 6. b, 7. c, 8. b, 9. b, 10. a.
                                                                                                                                                         ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of             . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   163
          7               ASSESSMENT
1 Write the name and number of the relief features in the correct box. (2 p.)
                                                        A
                                                                         F
                                 2,500                                   1
                                 1,500                                                                                     2
                                 1,000
                                   400
                                                                                                           D
                                                                     B
                                        0
                          Main rivers
                                                                             4
                          Reservoirs                                                              3
                                                                                                           E
                                                                     C
                                                                 5
                                                                                 6
              Landforms within the Meseta:                  Landforms outside the Meseta:                            Landforms surrounding the Meseta:
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
                                        131046_07_p168_espana_fisico_mudo
2     What is the predominant climate in Spain? What three types are there? (1 p.)
3 Which islands make up the Islas Canarias and the Islas Baleares? (1 p.)
• Islas Canarias:
• Islas Baleares:
164               GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                 TEST B
6 Locate the rivers below on the map for Activity 1. Write their letters and the basin that they belong to. (1 p.)
• Navia: • Duero:
• Ebro: • Guadiana:
• Nalón: • Segura:
Mediterranean
Cantabrian
Atlantic
8 Which landscapes do the photos show? Describe their vegetation. (1.5 p.)
                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                    
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of           . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       165
          7               ASSESSMENT
      You are going to cover a stage of the Vuelta a España bicycle race. But first you need to know the planned route
      and what the cyclists have covered so far.
1 Look at the map of the 2021 Vuelta a España and answer the questions. (1.5 p.)
A
                                           C                                                     
                                                             D
                                                                                                 
2 One of the mountain stages reaches the lakes of Covadonga, in the Cordillera Cantábrica. (2 p.)
• Where is this mountain range located in relation to the Meseta Central? What are its characteristics?
• What other mountain ranges are in this position in relation to the Meseta Central?
      • Which relief features do the letters on the map correspond to? Write their position relative to the Meseta Central:
         within (W), surrounding (S), outside (O).
– A: – C: – E:
– B: – D: – F:
3 One of the stages of the race goes from Jaén to Córdoba, which the Guadalquivir flows through. (1.5 p.)
• What does the Guadalquivir form? What is its location in relation to the Meseta Central?
166               GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                              TEST A
4 One of the stages ends at La Manga del Mar Menor. (1.5 p.)
• Which coast does La Manga del Mar Menor belong to? What other parts is the coast divided into?
5 These are some of the landscapes that the cyclists will pass through. Complete the table. (2 p.)
A B C
A: Mediterranean
B: mountain
C: oceanic
                                                                     • What is the text about? How does climate change affect Spain's
      The Vuelta 21 will be the first major cycle race                 waters?
      where single-use plastic bottles will not be
                                                                          
      used. Water will be supplied from dispensers,
      which will provide more than 90,000 litres of                       
      water during the competition.
                                                                          
                    Europa Press, 26th July 2021 (Adapted)
                                                                          
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       167
       7             CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                                 Actividades
                           Criterios                                                                                              Saberes relacionados
                                                                       Prueba B               Prueba A
Test B
1     Landforms within the Meseta: 4. Sistema Central.                              7    Mediterranean basin. Length: except for the Ebro, rivers are
      Landforms outside the Meseta: 2. Pirineos. 6. Sistemas                             short. Regime: except for the Ebro, all rivers have an irregular
      Béticos. 5. Depresión del Guadalquivir.                                            regime. Flow: low flow, except for the Ebro.
      Landforms surrounding the Meseta: 1. Cordillera Cantábrica.                        Cantabrian basin. Length: they are short rivers because they
      3. Sistema Ibérico.                                                                originate near the sea. Regime and flow: regular and abundant.
                                                                                         Atlantic basin. Length: they are usually long rivers. Regime:
2     The predominant climate is the Mediterranean climate. There
                                                                                         irregular. Flow: abundant.
      are three types: typical, inland and dry.
3     • Islas Canarias: La Graciosa, Lanzarote, Fuerteventura, Gran
                                                                                    8    M. A. Mediterranean landscape. The Mediterranean forest
         Canaria, Tenerife, La Gomera, La Palma and El Hierro.                           includes holm oak, cork oak and Mediterranean pine.
                                                                                         Scrubland (rockrose, broom, kermes oak, etc.). The vegetation
      • Islas Baleares: Mallorca, Menorca, Ibiza, Formentera and
                                                                                         has been heavily influenced by humans.
         Cabrera.
                                                                                         Oceanic landscape. The deciduous Atlantic forests of beech,
4     The overexploitation of resources on the coasts includes, for                      oak and chestnut trees have been replaced in many areas
      example, the construction of infrastructure (ports, roads, etc.)                   by pines, eucalyptus and fields. Moorland grows on the
      and urbanisation. This alters the coasts and causes                                poorest soils.
      imbalances in their ecosystems. In addition, coasts are
                                                                                         Subtropical landscape. Vegetation grows at different levels.
      threatened by climate change: the rise in sea levels and
                                                                                         There are coniferous and laurisilva forests There also are
      water temperature, changes in tides, acidification of waters,
                                                                                         numerous endemic species.
      etc.
                                                                                         Mountain landscape. Vegetation grows at different levels. Up
5     • The Mediterranean coast. It is divided into five zones: the
                                                                                         to an altitude of approximately 2,000 m, holm oaks, beech
         Mediterranean coast of Andalucía, the Murcian and
                                                                                         and some conifers (pine, fir, etc.) grow. Above this altitude
         Valencian coasts, the coast of Cataluña, the coast of
                                                                                         and up to 3,000 m there is scrubland and pastures. On the
         Baleares, and the coasts of Ceuta and Melilla.
                                                                                         highest mountain peaks there is no vegetation.
      • The Cantabrian coastline is generally straight, with many
         cliffs. There are few beaches, but there are many small rias.
                                                                                         Test A
      • The Atlantic coast of Andalucía.
6     • Navia: A. Cantabrian.         • Duero: B. Atlantic.                       1    • Through the northeast of the peninsula.
      • Ebro: D. Mediterranean.       • Guadiana: C. Atlantic.                         • M. A. Because it would be difficult to move all the cycling
      • Nalón: F. Cantabrian.         • Segura: E. Mediterranean.                         equipment to the different islands.
168         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    • Islas Canarias: La Graciosa, Lanzarote, Fuerteventura, Gran                  5     Landscape A. Mediterranean. Climate. Mediterranean inland:
       Canaria, Tenerife, La Gomera, La Palma and El Hierro. Islas                        summers are very hot and winters are cold. Precipitation is
       Baleares: Mallorca, Menorca, Ibiza, Formentera and                                 scarce and falls mainly in spring and autumn. Hydrography.
       Cabrera. The Islas Canarias are in the Atlantic Ocean                              The rivers of the Mediterranean basin are short, with a low
       and the Islas Baleares are in the Mediterranean Sea.                               flow and a low water level. The Ebro is an exception.
       The Islas Canarias are of volcanic origin and the Islas                            Vegetation. Mediterranean forest. In many areas, the forest
       Baleares are an extension of the Sistemas Béticos, but                             has been replaced by scrubland and aromatic plants. In some
       at a lower altitude.                                                               areas, the natural vegetation has almost disappeared.
2   • It is a mountain that surrounds the Meseta Central. From                           Landscape B. Mountain. Climate. Temperatures are low,
       west to east, we can differentiate between the Macizo                              winters are very cold and summers are short and cool.
       Asturiano, the Cantabrian mountains and the Montes                                 Precipitation is abundant and falls in the form of snow in
       Vascos.                                                                            winter. Hydrography. The sources of the main rivers of the
    • The Macizo Galaico-Leonés, the Sistema Ibérico and the                             peninsula are found here. There can be lakes of glacial origin.
       Sierra Morena.                                                                     Vegetation. It grows at different levels. Up to an altitude of
    • A. Pirineos (O); B: Depresión del Ebro (O); C: Sistema                             approximately 2,000 m, beech and some conifers grow.
       Central (W); D: Sistema Ibérico (S); E: Sierra Morena (S);                         Above this altitude and up to 3,000 m there is herbaceous
       F: Sistemas Béticos (O).                                                           vegetation and meadows. On the highest mountain peaks
                                                                                          there is no vegetation.
3   • The Atlantic basin.
                                                                                          Landscape C. Oceanic. Climate. Temperatures are mild all
    • The Atlantic basin is the most extensive in Spain. Most
                                                                                          year round. Precipitation is abundant and regular.
       rivers of the Atlantic basin are long, as they originate far
                                                                                          Hydrography. The rivers are short, with an abundant flow and
       from their mouth. They have an irregular regime, because
                                                                                          a regular regime. Vegetation. Atlantic forest. In response to its
       they flow across vast plains that have a Mediterranean
                                                                                          decline, pines and eucalyptus have been reintroduced.
       climate. However, they usually have abundant flows, as
                                                                                          Moorland grows on the poorest soils.
       they receive water from many tributaries that originate
       in mountainous areas.                                                        6     The text announces the elimination of plastic water bottles
                                                                                          in the Vuelta a España cycling race. On the coast, the effects
    • It forms a depression, with extensive countryside.
                                                                                          of climate change create rising sea levels and water
       It is located outside the Meseta Central.
                                                                                          temperatures, changes in tides and the acidification of
4   • 163.3 km.                                                                          waters. In inland waters, climate change worsens this
    • It is mostly flat, because its peaks are not very high.                            imbalance between water demand and available resources.
    • The Mediterranean coast. It is divided into five zones: the                        The decline in water resources is becoming evident.
       Mediterranean coast of Andalucía, the Murcian and
       Valencian coasts, the coast of Cataluña, the coast of
       Baleares, and the coasts of Ceuta and Melilla.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of               . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   169
170   GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                           Prehistory:
                                               the origin of humanity                                                                                         8
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   171
          8
                                   Prehistory: the origin of humanity
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                 174
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                        Sheet 1. Prehistory: concepts.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                         176
                                        Sheet 2. Time in Prehistory .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                       177
                                   •    Go further
                                        Sheet 4. What if we were Neanderthals? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                179
                                   •    Techniques
                                        Sheet 5. Compare Prehistoric paintings .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                             180
                                   Extension
                                        Sheet 6. How do books and movies portray Prehistory? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                                         181
                                        Sheet 7. A visit to Atapuerca .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                        182
                                        Sheet 8. A Prehistoric mystery? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                               184
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                   187
                                   Assessment
                                   • Assessment test
                                        Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   188
                                        Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    190
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                        173
        8
                               STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 9
      STARTING POINT
      • P
         rehistory is not a chronological stage; it is a cultural stage. This is the message introduced by the
        photo on the first page of the unit. There are communities that still maintain forms of technology and ways
        of life similar to those of Prehistory, based on agriculture, livestock and the use of very primitive tools. The
        Yanomami, who inhabit the rainforests and mountains of northern Brazil and southern Venezuela, are one
        example, but there are others, such as the Awá, who live in the Amazon rainforest; the Jarawa tribe in the
        Indian Ocean; and the Ayoreo, on the mountains that extend from Paraguay to Bolivia and Argentina.
        Prehistory is the stage of greatest innovative capacity in our past. The infographic at the beginning
      • 
        of the unit shows the creative capacity of prehistoric women and men, as well as some of the great
        inventions and discoveries of that time that have survived until today. New materials have appeared and
        industrial manufacturing processes are more advanced now, but the objects maintain their original function
        and sometimes even look the same. They are anonymous inventions that, along with others developed in
        this period, such as art and language, serve to demonstrate the fundamental role of innovation in human
        development and evolution.
174         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Personalised
                                                                       learning
                                                                       Reinforcement
                                                                       Extension
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   175
                                                                                                     PREHISTORY: THE ORIGIN OF HUMANITY
    SHEET 1         REINFORCEMENT
Prehistory: concepts
1     Complete the table to explain the difference between Prehistory and History:
Duration
Sources of study
Ardipithecus
Australopithecus
Homo habilis
Homo erectus
Homo antecessor
Homo neanderthalensis
Homo sapiens
3     Explain the difference between the concepts. Then say which period of Prehistory each one belongs to.
      • Nomadic and sedentary: 
176         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    SHEET 2           REINFORCEMENT                                                                       PREHISTORY: THE ORIGIN OF HUMANITY
Time in Prehistory
1    Organise the information.
5 million years ago 10,000 years ago 7,000 years ago 5,000 years ago
3   	Distinguish between the periods of Prehistory. Mark the following aspects as belonging to the Palaeolithic Age (P),
      Neolithic Age (N) or the Metal Ages (M).
         People begin to produce metal objects.		                           Tools are made with simple worked stones.
         The specialisation of work emerges.			                             Ceramics are made.
         Trade develops.					                                               Human groups become sedentary.
         Villages become towns.				                                         People live by hunting, gathering and fishing only.
         Agriculture and livestock farming are invented.		                  Fire is discovered.
4   	Write on the timeline when each of the periods of Prehistory began on the Península Ibérica.
      Compare this timeline with the one in Activity 2.
5 million years ago 10,000 years ago 7,000 years ago 5,000 years ago
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.        177
                                                                                                PREHISTORY: THE ORIGIN
                                                                                                                 FUE LAOF HUMANITY
    SHEET 3       REINFORCEMENT                                                                          ¿CÓMO         PREHISTORY?
Life in Prehistory
1    Complete this diagram about life in each of the periods of Prehistory.
PREHISTORY
METAL AGES
178        GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    SHEET 4        REINFORCEMENT                                                                           PREHISTORY: THE ORIGIN
                                                                                                                    ¿CÓMO   FUE LAOF HUMANITY
                                                                                                                                   PREHISTORY?
                   Go further
      Name:                                                                                    Year:                            Date:
    Neanderthals are the human species most similar                              What if they did not actually go extinct?
    to us. They inhabited Eurasia for approximately                              Prompted by new fossil DNA analysis, some
    300,000 years. The Neanderthals disappeared                                  experts suggest that Neanderthals are still here,
    around 40,000 years ago for reasons that are still                           because they are us. Experts think that the two
    unknown. Their extinction has been explained by                              species may have merged.
    various factors, such as the pressure of
                                                                                 Extracting and analysing genetic material from
    anatomically modern humans, diseases and
                                                                                 remote Prehistory is not easy. The older the DNA,
    changes in the climate. However, another
                                                                                 the more difficult it is to get reliable results.
    hypothesis has recently become popular: based
                                                                                 However, scientists who can extract enough
    on data from individuals from El Sidrón (Asturias),
                                                                                 Prehistoric DNA are able to demonstrate that
    it has been proposed that the union of people of
                                                                                 Neanderthals and humans were constantly
    common ancestry, or from the same small
                                                                                 interbreeding.
    geographical area, could have been a decisive
    factor (called endogamy).                                                                                            El País, 9th April 2021 (Adapted)
     • What theories do the texts put forward about the disappearance of Homo neanderthalensis?
     • Do you think both theories could be possible? Explain your answer.
     • After reading the texts, draw your own conclusions. Why might Neanderthals have disappeared?
        Do we have Neanderthal genes?
2    Recent research on Homo neanderthalensis has radically changed commonly held views about this species.
     Search for information and explain how the following ideas about Neanderthals have been refuted.
• They did not take care of the sick or bury their dead:
3    Modern humans inherited between 1.5 % and 2.1 % of their genetic material from Neanderthals.
     Read this text by writer Juan José Millás.
                                                                                             • Explain the book's title. Why do you think
        Well, I am a Neanderthal. I've known that since                                          the writer Juan José Millás considers himself
        school. [...] It was hard; it still is. I go on pretending                               a Neanderthal?
        that I understand the sapiens, that I am one of them.
                                                                                             • Based on what you have studied, can you explain
        But the truth is that I suffer like a dog because the                                    the main differences between Neanderthals
        sapiens have taken their intellectual capacities to                                      and sapiens?
        extremes that are difficult to imitate.
                                                                                             • Write a text in which you also imagine yourself
                           Juan José Millás and Juan Luis Arsuaga,                               to be a Neanderthal and express what you find
               Life as Told by a Sapiens to a Neanderthal (Adapted)                              difficult to understand about sapiens.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   179
                                                                                                            PREHISTORY: THE ORIGIN OF HUMANITY
    SHEET 5           REINFORCEMENT
                      Techniques
       Name:                                                                                     Year:                            Date:
Horse from the Cueva de Tito Bustillo (Asturias) Dancers from the Cogull site, Roca de los Moros (Lleida)
                                                                                                  
                                                                   Location
                                                                                                  
                                                                                                  
                                                                       Theme
                                                                                                  
                                                                                                  
                                                                        Style
                                                                                                  
                                                                                                  
                                                                       Colours
                                                                                                  
SIMILARITIES
           
           
          
          
• Palaeolithic painting:
• Neolithic painting:
180            GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of             . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    SHEET 6        EXTENSION                                                                                PREHISTORY: THE ORIGIN OF HUMANITY
Both literature and cinema have created works that reflect different periods of Prehistory.
You are going to analyse two of these works.
               The Clan of the Cave Bear, written in                               Quest for Fire is a 1981 film that tells the
               1980 by Jean Marie Auel, is the first novel                         story of the Ulam tribe of Neanderthals,
                in the six-book series Earth's Children.                           who, after being attacked, see that the fire
                 It narrates the story of little Ayla,                             they have been keeping is extinguished.
                  a five-year-old Homo sapiens girl who                            This tribe knows how to tend and use fire,
                   is taken in by a tribe of Neanderthals                          but they do not know how to produce it.
                    after her family is killed in an                               The tribal elder decides to send three
                     earthquake.                                                   men in search of fire.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   181
    SHEET 7              EXTENSION
A VISIT TO ATAPUERCA
      You are going to visit the Archaeological Site of Atapuerca in Burgos. It is one of the most important Prehistoric sites
      on the Península Ibérica. Complete the activities to find out why.
             AT L A N T I C
                                       Gorham                               Palaeolithic Age
               OCE A N
                                                                            Neolithic Age
                                                                            Metal Ages
                                                                            Megalithic area
182          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                  . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                            PREHISTORY: THE ORIGIN OF HUMANITY
3   Visit the Fundación Atapuerca website and complete the following sentences:
    • At Atapuerca, the first human remains of the                                                                      species were found.
    • In the year 2000, the Atapuerca sites were declared a                                                                           by UNESCO.
    • Excavations at Atapuerca officially began in                                                                                      .
    • Black paintings and engravings have been found in the                                                                             .
4   Look at the examples of discoveries found at Atapuerca. Complete a fact sheet like the one below.
    Then put them in order from oldest to most modern.
Name:
5   Do you want to experience Prehistory for yourself? To do so, go to the following website with your group:
    http://www.diariodeatapuerca.net/arqexp.htm and choose one of the projects.
    • With the help of an adult, make a video showing the entire project development process.
    • Present it in class and share it with your classmates.
7   You are also going to learn about other Prehistoric remains. Look for information and respond.
    • On the maps in Activity 1, locate the caves on the Península Ibérica that have been declared
       World Heritage Sites by UNESCO. In which autonomous communities are they located?
    • Answer the questions:
       – W
          hich was the first cave to be declared a World Heritage Site by UNESCO?
         What year were the others declared World Heritage Sites?
       – How many caves in total have been declared World Heritage Sites?
       – Why did UNESCO decide to protect the caves?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   183
    SHEET 8         EXTENSION                                                                     PREHISTORY: THE ORIGIN OF HUMANITY
A PREHISTORIC MYSTERY?
READ
    Imagine the scene: it is 5,500 years ago, in what we              cremated. The funerary chamber was also sealed.
    know today as Reinoso, a municipality in La Bureba                Studies of the preserved skeletal remains reveal that
    (Burgos). A group of humans have erected a dolmen                 these people carried heavy loads in communal tasks.
    and an impressive burial complex where they bury                  Living conditions must have been extremely harsh
    all the members of this Neolithic community.                      and most of the limbs showed signs of degenerative
    According to the online edition of El País,                       joint disease. Others were even killed by arrow shots
    Archaeologists from the Universidad de Valladolid                 or attacked from behind with blunt objects.
    have found the remains of 65 people who were
    buried here.                                                      Nevertheless, the skull of the elderly woman
                                                                      continues to be a mystery. The four holes found in it
    Their most notable discovery, however, is without a               could, according to Sonia Díaz Navarro, a member
    doubt the skull of an elderly woman of around 50                  of Manuel Rojo's team, be part of a surgical
    years old (a remarkable achievement in terms of life              intervention. "Behind her left eye-socket we have
    expectancy at that time) with several holes in her head:          documented a hole that seems to be the result of an
    next to the ear canals and in the back of the cranium.            operation. A couple of centimetres higher up, next to
    Manuel Rojo Guerra, professor of Prehistory at the                the sphenofrontal suture, a second attempt at a hole
    Universidad de Valladolid, has not yet been able to               can be seen, in this case unfinished," she explains in
    solve the mystery, but there is every indication that             the same article in El País.
    the elderly woman was being operated on. This                     The laboratory is continuing to study all the
    imposing burial site would have had a 10-metre-long               evidence to provide answers to the enigma
    corridor and a funerary chamber of about three                    surrounding the woman who may have undergone
    metres in diameter. It served this purpose for 300                surgery next to the Reinoso dolmen.
    years until it stopped being used for funerals. In fact,
                                                                                          Tribuna de Salamanca, 4th July 2020 (Adapted)
    the passage was dismantled and a funeral pyre was
    made, on which the remains of children were
QUESTIONS
184          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
Assessment
resources
Self-assessment
Assessment
                  185
     8             SELF-ASSESSMENT
         b.	Palaeolithic, Pleistocene and Iron.                              8     The metals used in the Metal Ages, in chronological
         c.	Bronze, Neolithic and Eocene.                                          order, were...
                                                                                            a.	copper, iron and bronze.
3   The Palaeolithic human groups were nomads, which
    means that…                                                                             b.	copper, bronze and iron.
a. they lived from commerce, so they travelled a lot. c. bronze, iron and copper.
4   The main materials the first human beings used                                          b.	paintings on the walls and ceilings of caves.
    were…                                                                                   c.	paintings used by primitive groups to decorate
         a.	metals and stone.                                                                  their bodies.
         b.	stone and wool.                                                  10    The oldest human remains on the Península Ibérica
         c.	stone and animal bones and horns.                                      were found in…
                                                                                            a.	Atapuerca (Burgos).
5   In the Neolithic Age, human beings…
                                                                                            b.	Altamira (Cantabria).
         a.	lived only from hunting, fishing and gathering
             wild fruits.                                                                   c.	Orce (Granada).
                                                                                             1. c, 2. a, 3. c, 4. c, 5. c, 6. a, 7. c, 8. b, 9. b, 10. c.
                                                                                                                                                     ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   187
          8             ASSESSMENT
• Process of hominisation:
• Rock art:
• Megalithic art:
2     Explain the difference between the terms sedentary and nomadic. What period of Prehistory would you associate
      each term with? (1 p.)
3 Complete the timeline with the names of the periods of Prehistory. Add the start and end dates. (1 p.)
5 million years ago 10,000 years ago 7,000 years ago 5,000 years ago
5 Write a brief summary of what life in the Palaeolithic Age was like in these aspects. (1 p.)
• Social organisation:
• Economy:
• Tools:
188           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of           . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                             TEST B
6 Explain what the revolution of the Neolithic Age involved. Answer the questions. (1 p.)
• What was the result of the appearance of agriculture and livestock farming in the Neolithic Age?
7 How and when did trade develop? What consequences did it have? (1 p.)
8    Look at the photo. Which stage of Prehistory does the monument belong
     to? What are its main characteristics? (1 p.)
• What are the main characteristics of the first painting? What about the second painting?
10 What characterised the Los Millares culture in Almería? What about the El Argar culture? (1 p.)
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       189
          8                ASSESSMENT
      Imagine that you are working on an archaeological excavation. In recent years, different objects belonging to the main
      stages of Prehistory have been discovered. Human remains have also been found this year. Now you need to find out
      which species they belong to.
What is it?
Period
• Write the periods on the timeline and when each one began and ended.
5 million years ago 10,000 years ago 7,000 years ago 5,000 years ago
2     To date the remains of the species that have been found, you must answer these questions. (1 p.)
      • This species came after the one whose remains have been found in Atapuerca.
         What species was found at Atapuerca? 
                                          561819_08_p10_LT
      • What species has been found at your                          Prehistoria
                                             site? What are its characteristics? 
3     We know that this species lived from 200,000 to 40,000 BC. Locate it on the timeline from Activity 1.
      What stage of Prehistory did it live in? What was its lifestyle like? (2 p.)
      
      
      
190               GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                             TEST A
4   It is believed that these humans also produced works of art. Look at the two photos. Which of the two could
    they have produced? Give reasons for your answer. (1.5 p.)
                                                                      
                                                                                  
5   Read the text and answer the questions. (2 p.)
       Yale University anthropologist James C. Scott, professor of agrarian studies, says: "We can say without a
       doubt that we lived better as hunter-gatherers. We have studied human remains in areas where Neolithic
       ways of life were being introduced, and found signs of nutritional stress in farmers that are not present in
       hunter-gatherers. This was even worse in women, where we have identified a clear deficiency in iron. We
       also found many diseases that did not exist until humans lived closer together and with animals. In addition,
       whenever humans have settled in villages, wars have broken out."
                                                                                                                   El Pais, 22nd April 2018 (Adapted)
• Why does Professor James C. Scott think the Neolithic Age was so negative?
• What does the term Neolithic revolution refer to? Has it influenced our way of life today?
• Analyse how people's lives evolved in these two stages. Complete the table.
Settlements
Economy
Social organisation
Technological advances
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       191
       8              CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                               Actividades
                            Criterios                                                                                           Saberes relacionados
                                                                      Prueba B              Prueba A
Test B
1     • Process of hominisation: the evolutionary process by                     4    Palaeolithic Age: fire was discovered. People made handaxes.
         which humans gradually acquired the characteristics that                      Neolithic Age: people specialised in different jobs. People
         made them different from primates.                                            cultivated the land.
      • Rock art: a form of artistic expression created                               Metal Ages: people used copper, bronze and iron.
         by Palaeolithic human beings, consisting of paintings                         Trade developed.
         and engravings on stone walls.
                                                                                  5    • Social organisation: Palaeolithic human beings lived in
      • Megalithic art: monuments built with large stones called
                                                                                          tribes of around 20 to 40 people. Each tribe was made
         megaliths in the late Neolithic Age and in the Metal Ages.
                                                                                          up of several families. Various tribes of the same group
2     A nomad is a human who moves from one place to another                              formed a clan. Neighbouring tribes interacted with
      in search of food, without a permanent home. The term                               each other.
      sedentary describes someone who settles permanently                              • Economy: during the Palaeolithic Age, humans lived from
      in one place.                                                                       hunting, fishing and gathering fruits and roots.
      The term nomad is related to the Palaeolithic Age and                            • Tools: at first, they made handaxes with very rough stones.
      sedentary is related to the Neolithic Age and the Metal Ages.                       Then they developed arrowheads and spears for hunting,
3     The Palaeolithic Age extends from about 5 million years ago                         scrapers for animal skin and chisels for engraving. They
      to about 10,000 years ago. The Neolithic Age extends from                           also used animal bones and horns to make needles for
      about 10,000 years ago to about 7,000 years ago. The Metal                          sewing animal skins, and harpoons and hooks for fishing.
      Ages extend from about 7,000 years ago to about 5,000                       6    • When agriculture and livestock farming started to develop,
      years ago.                                                                          human beings became sedentary, settling in the first villages.
192            GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of              . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
     • In the villages, people specialised in different jobs: some               4     They could have produced the painting on the left, because it
        cultivated the land, some looked after the livestock, and                       shows characteristics of Palaeolithic art: it is polychromatic,
        others became craftspeople.                                                     and the volume and the realism of the figure can be seen.
     • Sickles were invented for harvesting crops. Polished stone                5     • Because the human diet worsened, more diseases
        began to be used to make axes, hoes or grinding stones.
                                                                                           appeared and there were more wars.
        Textiles were produced on basic looms. Ceramics
                                                                                        • About 10,000 years ago, people learnt to grow plants and
        were invented.
                                                                                           domesticate animals. These discoveries transformed their
7    As people learnt how to work with metal, trade developed,                             way of life.
     because metals were not abundant everywhere. Trade also                               O. A.
     helped ancient villages to grow into small towns. Towns                            • Neolithic Age. Settlements: the first villages appeared.
     located on trade routes became wealthier. People fought for                           Economy: they worked in agriculture and with livestock.
     control over the wealthiest regions. New types of specialised                         People specialised in certain jobs. Social organisation:
     jobs appeared: warriors, priests and priestesses, merchants                           private property developed and created social inequalities
     and blacksmiths. As a result, social divisions increased.                             between people. Technological advances: sickles were
     Warriors, priests and wealthy people were more privileged                             invented and polished stone began to be used to make
     than the rest of the population.                                                      axes, hoes and grinding stones. Textiles were produced
8    It is a dolmen. Dolmens began to be built at the end of the                           on basic looms. Ceramics were invented.
     Neolithic Age and the early Metal Ages. They consisted of                              Metal Ages. Settlements: villages grew to become towns.
     large vertical stones fixed in the ground and covered by                               Economy: as people learnt how to work with metal, trade
     horizontal blocks. They were used as collective burial places.                         developed. Towns located on trade routes became
9    • The artwork on the left belongs to the Palaeolithic Age, and                        wealthier. People fought for control over the wealthiest
        the artwork on the right belongs to the Neolithic Age.                              regions. Social organisation: new types of specialised jobs
     • The first painting shows several polychromatic bison (in                            appeared: warriors, priests and priestesses, and
        red, ochre and black) and is very realistic. The second                             merchants. As a result, social divisions increased. Warriors,
        painting shows human figures, in what is probably a                                 priests and wealthy people were more privileged than the
        hunting scene, because some of them seem to be carrying                             rest of the population. Technological advances: the sail,
        bows. The figures are very schematic, and are painted with                          the wheel and the plough were invented.
        only one colour.                                                          6     • It began about 7,000 years ago.
10   An important feature of Los Millares culture is the communal                       • The Los Millares culture and the El Argar culture were
     tombs covered by burial mounds, found next to the village.                            important. An important feature of Los Millares culture
     Some features of the El Argar culture are walled settlements                          (Almería) is the communal tombs covered by burial
     and burials under houses.                                                             mounds, found next to the village. Some features of
                                                                                           the El Argar culture are walled settlements and burials
                                                                                           under houses.
     Test A
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of             . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   193
194   GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                        The birth of writing.
                                                          Early civilisations                                                                                    9
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of      . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   195
          9                        The birth of writing.
                                   Early civilisations
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                        198
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                        Sheet 1. River valley civilisations .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                  200
                                        Sheet 2. Mesopotamia .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                         201
                                        Sheet 3. Egypt . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                        202
                                   •    Go further
                                        Sheet 5. What were the first writing styles like? . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                            204
                                   Extension
                                        Sheet 6. Why was Babylon one of the seven wonders of the ancient
                                        world? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
                                        Sheet 7. Was the pharaoh a god in Egypt? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                        206
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment                                           .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   211
                                   Assessment
                                   • Assessment tests
                                        Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .          212
                                        Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .           214
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                               197
        9
                               STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 4
      STARTING POINT
        Writing, a gift from the deities. The picture on the first page of the unit is intended to highlight the high
      • 
        social consideration associated with writing from the moment of its invention. Thoth, the Egyptian god of
        writing, was the master of knowledge and the patron of scribes. He was also responsible for justice and
        writing laws. This fact allows us to reflect on the importance that writing had in the emergence of complex
        societies.
      • W
         riting, a source of power. The infographic at the beginning of the unit in the Student's Book shows how
        writing became an essential tool for the organisation of society. For this reason, those who knew how to read
        and write, the scribes, reached great social pre-eminence. Writing made it possible to record the laws,
        develop accounting, communicate orders and collect taxes. The sacred texts of the different religions could
        be written down and it became possible to sign treaties between countries. Writing became the most
        powerful tool for the transmission of knowledge. Knowing how to read and write allowed people to climb
        the social ladder and gave them a powerful tool to understand the world in which they lived. Knowledge
        of reading and writing, if reserved exclusively for the elite, fosters social discrimination. But if this knowledge
        is universal, it becomes a powerful tool for combatting inequality.
198         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Personalised
                                                                       learning
                                                                       Reinforcement
                                                                       Extension
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   199
                                                                                                                              THE BIRTH OF WRITING.
    SHEET 1         REINFORCEMENT                                                                                              EARLY CIVILISATIONS
      • Draw on the map the areas where the main river valley civilisations existed. Then make a key for the map
         with each civilisation in a different colour.
      • Name the river that each civilisation developed around.
200          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                     THE BIRTH OF WRITING.
    SHEET 2         REINFORCEMENT                                                                                                     EARLY CIVILISATIONS
Mesopotamia
1    Complete the timeline with the periods in Mesopotamian history.
                                                                                                                                                                    NEOBABYLONIAN
                                                                                                                                                                        EMPIRE
         3000 BC                         Around 2300 BC        Around 1800 BC                          1356 BC                                              612 BC 539 BC
2 Write on the social pyramid the different social groups that existed from the choices below. Then answer the questions.
                               craftspeople and peasants – civil servants – kings and aristocrats – priests – slaves
                                                      561819_09p_11 LT Mesopotamia
     • What characteristics of
       Mesopotamian art can you see
       on the Ishtar Gate?
     • 
       Describe the reliefs and
       sculpture shown. What was the
       main objective for each design?                                                       D
                                                  C
       What characteristics do they
       have?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                   201
                                                                                                                           THE BIRTH OF WRITING.
    SHEET 3         REINFORCEMENT                                                                                           EARLY CIVILISATIONS
Egypt
1     Complete the map with the information from the
      questions.
Period Duration
3 Look at the images and write which social group they belonged to in Ancient Egypt.
561819_09_p12_mapa_egipto
4 Complete the table about Ancient Egypt. Is the social structure similar to that of Mesopotamia? Explain your answer.
202         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                    THE BIRTH OF WRITING.
    SHEET 4         REINFORCEMENT                                                                                                    EARLY CIVILISATIONS
                                                                                  C
                                                                            A
                                                                                                                          Avenue of sphinxes
                                                                                                                          Pylon
                                                                                                                          Open courtyard
                                           F
                                                                                                                          Covered room
                               B
                                                                                                                          Shrine room
                                                                                                                          Obelisk
                        E
2 Write the type of tomb the images show, which periods they were built in and the main characteristic of each one.
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
3 Look at the artwork. Explain the different characteristics of Egyptian sculpture and painting in the table.
Sculpture
Painting
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   203
                                                                                                                         THE BIRTH OF WRITING.
    SHEET 5        REINFORCEMENT                                                                                          EARLY CIVILISATIONS
                   Go further
       Name:                                                                        Year:                            Date:
                                                                                                                         Chinese
                                          Sumerian                                                                       ideograms.
                                          cuneiform.                                                                     Around 1300 BC.
                                          Around 3200 BC.
                                                                                                                                         Phoenician alphabet.
          Egyptian                                                                                                                       Around 1200 BC.
          hieroglyphs.
          Around 3200 BC.
      • Which writing styles were invented first? Which            4    Read this text and explain why being a scribe
         civilisations did they come from?                               was so difficult.
      • What other types of writing are shown on
         the timeline?                                                    To become a scribe, it was essential to know
                                                                          hundreds and, eventually, thousands of signs. It
2     Look for some more information about cuneiform                      was a slow learning process that only the richest
      writing and answer.                                                 people, who went to exclusive schools, could
                                                                          afford. It is similar to exclusive universities
      • What was this writing style like? Was it based
                                                                          today, which train senior executives.
         on sounds or on ideas?
                                                                                        El infinito en un junco, Irene Vallejo (Adapted)
      • What materials did they use to write it down?
         Why was it called cuneiform?
                                                                    5    Analyse. Today, cuneiform and hieroglyph writing
      • What was cuneiform writing used for?
                                                                         are no longer in use, but Chinese ideograms are.
3     Next, analyse hieroglyph writing.                                  • How many types of Chinese writing exist?
• What did it consist of? How was it written? • What is the history of this writing style?
      • Search Google for Fabricius,                                    • What do you think were the advantages of the
         where you can create your own hieroglyphs. Play                    invention of writing for humanity?
         with your classmates by sending them messages                   • Phoenician writing was later perfected by the Greeks.
         that you have created.                                             How did the use of the alphabet help progress?
204         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                     THE BIRTH OF WRITING.
    SHEET 6        EXTENSION
                                                                                                                                      EARLY CIVILISATIONS
                   WHY WAS BABYLON ONE OF THE SEVEN
                   WONDERS OF THE ANCIENT WORLD?
    Nombre:
      Name:                                                                                   Curso:
                                                                                              Year:                             Fecha:
                                                                                                                               Date:
1    Herodotus visited Babylon in the 5th century BC and wrote this description.
                                                                                 • Based on Herodotus's description, do you think Babylon
       It is situated on a big plain. It is square and                              was a big city?
       measures 120 stadia in each direction. This
                                                                                 • How was the city protected? Why do you think the city
       means that the perimeter of the city is 480 stadia.
                                                                                    needed to be protected?
       Therefore, Babylon was an enormous city.
                                                                                 • The Ishtar Gate in the interior wall was preserved.
       As far as we know, the layout of the city is unlike
                                                                                    In which museum can you see it? Why is it preserved
       any other. Firstly, it is surrounded by a deep and
                                                                                    in this museum?
       wide moat filled with water. Then there is a wall
       that is 50 royal cubits wide and 200 cubits tall (a                       • Who constructed
       royal cubit is three fingers longer than the normal                          the Ishtar Gate?
       cubit). […] Inside this first wall, there is a parallel                      Describe its main
       wall that is narrower than the first wall, but is just                       characteristics.
       as strong.
        In the central part of the sanctuary, there                         This square garden is approximately 120
        is a robust tower, which is one stadium                             metres in size. In the garden there are
        high and wide. There is a second tower                              stairways which lead to terraces that are
        built on top of it and another tower and                            on top of each other to give the appearance
        another until there are a total of eight                            of an amphitheatre. These terraces or
        towers. The access ramp is built on the                             platforms were held together at regular
        outside and in the style of a spiral around                         intervals to support the full weight of this
        all the towers.                                                     solid structure.
3    Two queens also worked on some important constructions for the city.
     • Herodotus also writes about Semiramis and Nitocris. Search for information and explain who was
        the first queen to build within the city.
     • There is a myth surrounding Nitocris's tomb. Do you know the story? What did this queen build?
4 Research and describe what happened to the city of Babylon in its final days.
5 In groups, choose one of the monuments of Babylon that you have studied and make a fact sheet like this one.
Monument
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   205
    SHEET 7          EXTENSION
      You have recently arrived in Egypt to be part of the pharaoh's staff. It is your first day and you have to learn what daily
      life will be like for a pharaoh. Your first surprise, however, is that the pharaoh that you're working for… is a woman!
1     Queen Hatshepsut came to power after the death of her husband. Look at her statue.
                                                 • Write what each of the letters indicates.
                      A
                                                 A:
                                                 B:
            B                                    C:
2     As part of your first day, you will be helping with the queen's daily hygiene. Search for information and explain
      how Egyptians took care of their appearance and health.
Bathing Teeth
Hydration Hair
3     Later, Hatshepsut is going to receive her advisers. One of the most important of them was Senenmut.
      Look for information on this advisor and complete the information below.
4     Egyptian food was varied. Prepare a suitable menu for the queen from the foods in the list
      below that were available in her time.
          t omatoes – spelt bread – soup – cheese – wine – broad beans – lettuce – leeks
           – radishes – potatoes – beer – pasta – lentils – peas – beef – fish – soft drinks – melon
206         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                   THE BIRTH OF WRITING.
                                                                                                                                    EARLY CIVILISATIONS
5   Hatshepsut would like to see the temple that is being built. Answer the questions.
                                                                        • What does her temple look like? Why was it built?
                                                                        • Identify the most important parts of this temple.
                                                                           Explain them.
                                                                        • Who supervised the building of the temple?
                                                                        • Search for information to explain when temple
                                                                           excavations started and who made the first excavations.
                                                                        • What other interesting information can you find about
                                                                           the temple?
                                                                        • Observe the sculptures and describe them. What are their
                                                                           main features?
6   Other pharaohs from later dynasties were buried in the pyramids. Look at the picture and look for additional information
    to explain what the pyramids were like and who participated in their construction.
Transportation
7 Read the following text about the discovery of Hatshepsut's mummy and answer.
8   It is nowN the end of the day and the queen wants to perform a religious
    ritual to  the god, Amon-Ra.
           200 km
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   207
                                                                       Assessment
                                                                       resources
                                                                       Self-assessment
                                                                       Assessment
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   209
     9             SELF-ASSESSMENT
5   During the Egyptian Old Kingdom the most important                      10    Egyptian painting…
    pharaohs were…                                                                        a. was done on wooden boards in black and white.
         a. Khufu, Khafre and Menkaure.                                                   b. was usually colossal in size and reflected only
         b. Amenhotep III, Akhenaten and Ramses II.                                          important historical events.
         c. Nefertiti, Tutankhamun and Ramses II.                                         c. usually employed bright colours, without
                                                                                             perspective, and with hierarchical proportion.
                                                                                           1. a, 2. a, 3. b, 4. c, 5. a, 6. b, 7. c, 8. b, 9. a, 10. c.
                                                                                                                                                   ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   211
            9            ASSESSMENT
• History:
• Civilisation:
• Chaldea:
• Mummification:
3 Compare the social organisation of Mesopotamian civilisation and Egyptian civilisation. (1.5 p.)
Mesopotamia
Egypt
    4   Complete the timeline of Mesopotamian history. Indicate which peoples held power in each period. (1 p.)
                                                                                                                                                                      NEOBABYLONIAN
                                                                                                                                                                          EMPIRE
                                1                             2                            3                                          4
                                                                                                                                                                  5
1.                                 2.                           3.                                   4.                                          5. 
                                                                                                                                                 
                                                             
                                                          561819_09p_11 LT Mesopotamia
                                                                                                                                                    
212              GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of           . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                             TEST B
6    Explain why the Nile was so important to the Egyptians. What was the difference between the red lands and the black
     lands? (1 p.)
7 Look at the photo and write the parts of the Egyptian temple. (1 p.)
8 Compare what religion was like in Mesopotamia and Egypt. (1.5 p.)
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       213
       9                ASSESSMENT
      You are a merchant who has been told of four important civilisations where writing is used that have emerged around
      rivers. You want to visit these places and sell your products.
• What role did the king play in this civilisation? What other privileged groups were there?
4     On the next stage of your journey you arrive in this Egyptian city. Answer the questions. (1.5 p.)
      • Why was Egypt called the gift from the Nile? 
214             GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                             TEST A
• If you were to meet Ramses II, what period of Egyptian history would it be? What was this period like?
6   You have gone with the pharaoh to visit the tomb that is being built. Read the text and answer the questions. (1.5 p.)
                                                                          • What was the significance of the location of the royal
       In this way, the location of the royal tombs justified
                                                                              tombs? 
       royal power and gave it legitimacy. But there is
       more. The architecture of the new pharaonic                        • How did Egyptian tombs evolve?
       tombs changed over time. This evolution
       symbolises the transition to a new political order,                     
       in which the pharaoh assumed a central role.
                                                                               
       Beliefs about death became a reflection of a
       hierarchical society. This society was presided over                   
       by the king by virtue of his dual role: as a mediator
                                                                          • Why were the pharaohs buried in these tombs?
       between gods and mortals, and as a guarantor
       of the cosmic order in the face of chaos.                               
              National Geographic, 29th October 2012 (Adapted)
                                                                              
7   The pharaoh has also built a temple, where you have seen
    these statues. (1 p.)
    • What do they mean? 
      
8   While lost, you come across the remains of another temple. Which parts of the temple are they?
    Explain their function. (1 p.)
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       215
      9          CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                          Actividades
                        Criterios                                                                                           Saberes relacionados
                                                              Prueba B                  Prueba A
 Elaborar, expresar y presentar contenidos en forma                                                             – Fuentes históricas como base para
 de esquemas, tablas informativas y otros tipos de                  3, 4, 9                     8                  la construcción del conocimiento
 formatos.                                                                                                         histórico.
216       GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of               . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    Test B
1    • History: this is the period that begins with the invention                         5. Neo-Babylonian Empire. The Chaldeans took power
        of writing more than 5,000 years ago in Mesopotamia.                                   with Nebuchadnezzar II.
     • Civilisation: a large cultural area that shares some signs                   5   	
                                                                                          Pharaohs had absolute power: They dictated the laws, ruled
        of identity (language, customs, religion, etc.).                                  the country, owned a large part of the land, controlled trade,
     • Chaldea: region in the south of Mesopotamia, inhabited                            and were the supreme commanders of the army. They lived
        by the Sumerians and the Akkadians.                                               in great palaces surrounded by wealth and had hundreds
     • Mummification: a method of preventing corpses from                                of servants and slaves. The Egyptians believed that the
        decomposing by drying and wrapping them in bandages.                              pharaohs were gods. They also thought that they had magical
                                                                                          powers, such as causing the Nile to rise.
2   	
     Strong political power. Power was concentrated in a monarch
     who dictated the laws, was head of the army, and often                          6   	
                                                                                          The Nile was the main source of life for the population, which
     served religious functions.                                                          was concentrated on its banks. Its waters supplied the
     An extremely hierarchical society. The population was                                people, were a means of travel and were used to water the
     organised so that a privileged minority owned all the land                           fields. The Nile crossed Egypt from south to north, forming a
     and held public office. The rest of the population was subject                       long, narrow strip full of life in the middle of a desert. The
     to the authority of the privileged minority.                                         Egyptians called this strip black lands, because the waters
                                                                                          left a fertile dark mud in which they planted seeds. Beyond
     The construction of great works. The rulers built great
                                                                                          the black lands stretched the red lands, or the desert.
     palaces, temples and tombs to demonstrate their power.
                                                                                     7   	
                                                                                          From left to right: shrine room, covered room, courtyard,
3   	
     Mesopotamia. Nobility: it was formed by the king's family and
                                                                                          pylons, avenue of sphinxes.
     the nobility. They had much of the land and held the most
     important positions.                                                            8     • Similarities: both the Mesopotamians and the Egyptians
     Priests: they lived in the temples and performed the                                     were polytheistic; that is, they believed in many deities.
     religious rites.                                                                         They also worshipped elements of nature. The priests, in
                                                                                              both cases, were in charge of performing religious rites.
     Scribes: they were officials. They could read, write and count.
                                                                                           • Differences: the Mesopotamians did not believe in life after
     Rest of the population: people who did not belong to
                                                                                              death, while the Egyptians did.
     the privileged group could be free or slaves. The entire
     Mesopotamian population, both free people and slaves,                           9   	
                                                                                          From left to right: pyramid, mastaba and hypogeum.
     worked for the king's palace or the temples. They were                          10 	
                                                                                         The    artists drew each part of the body in its most
     mainly peasants, craftspeople or merchants.
                                                                                           recognisable form. They drew the legs and feet in profile,
     Egypt. Nobility: they were the members of the pharaoh's                               the chest from the front, the face in profile and the eyes from
     family and other families whom he had rewarded with                                   the front. They used bright colours and, as in sculpture, the
     extensive land and great wealth. They ruled the provinces                             figures showed neither expression nor movement. The
     into which Egypt was divided.                                                         figures have no perspective and are drawn without a sense
     Priests: they conducted the religious rites and were in charge                        of depth.
     of the temples. Thousands of people worked for them or had
     to give them a part of their crops.
     Scribes: they wrote official documents and kept a record                             Test A
     of the royal taxes and the goods entering and leaving the                       1     • 
                                                                                             The Tigris and Euphrates in Mesopotamia, the Nile in Egypt,
     palace stores.                                                                          the Indus in India, and the Huang-He and Yangtze in China.
     They enjoyed great social prestige, because only the scribes,                         • Strong political power. It was concentrated in a monarch
     the priests and some nobles could read and write.                                        who dictated the laws, was head of the army, and often
     Rest of the population: it was formed mainly by peasants.                                served religious functions.
     The cities were also home to merchants, craftspeople and
                                                                                           An extremely hierarchical society. There was a privileged
     servants. There were also slaves, who had no rights.
                                                                                           minority, who held most of the land, wealth and major
4   	
     1. Sumerian period. The Sumerians built the first city-states.                       public office, and a majority who were subject to the
     2. Akkadian Empire. The Akkadians, with King Sargon, took                            privileged majority.
         power.                                                                            The construction of great works. The monarchs built great
     3. Babylonian Empire. Power passed to the city of Babylon                            palaces, temples and tombs to demonstrate their power.
         and King Hammurabi.                                                         2     • 
                                                                                             Babylon.
     4. Assyrian Empire. The Assyrian people, with King                                   • The Mesopotamians were great builders. However,
         Ashurnasirpal II, took power.                                                        because they worked with brick and adobe, few remains
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   217
       9             CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
        of their buildings have survived. They used arches, as you                received a salary, land, gold and slaves.
        can see in this gate. In this case, the brick is glazed               • The New Kingdom (1580 – 31 BC). It was a period of
        in enamel with beautiful paintings.                                      splendour. Egypt conquered Libya and Syria. Pharaohs
3     • 
        In the Neo-Babylonian Empire.                                            such as Hatshepsut, Amenhotep III, Akhenaton and
      • The king was the chief ruler and also served religious                  Ramses II reigned. From 1100 BC onwards, numerous
         functions. Another important group was the aristocracy,                 foreign peoples such as the Assyrians, Persians, Greeks
         formed by the king's family and the nobility. They owned                and Romans invaded Egypt and Egypt's decline began.
         large areas of land and held the highest positions. In          6    • 
                                                                                It was a way to reinforce royal power and legitimise it.
         addition, there were the priests, who lived in the temples           • First, they built mastabas, which were shaped like
         and were in charge of the religious rites; and the scribes,             a prism. They went on to build the pyramids, with a
         who were officials. They could read, write and count.                   funeral chamber that was reached through a network of
4     • 
        Because along the river a great civilisation developed. The              passageways and traps; and finally, the hypogeum, which
        Nile was the main source of life for the population.                     was excavated inside a mountain.
      • Most of them lived off the land. They cultivated the lands           • Because the Egyptians believed in life after death and
         of the pharaoh, the nobles and the temples. In return, they             prepared themselves for the afterlife. They thought it was
         kept part of the harvest, but they had to give another part             essential to preserve their bodies for this second life. For
         to the landowners and pay taxes. Therefore, they were                   this reason, they developed mummification, a method of
         poor. During the flooding of the Nile, the pharaoh recruited            preventing corpses from decomposing.
         the peasants to participate in the construction of pyramids,    7    • 
                                                                                When a powerful person died, they needed a statue to
         temples, etc.                                                          keep their soul alive.
      • Craftspeople lived in the cities and made pottery, papyrus,          • They are made with stone so that they would be eternal,
         glass, linen fabrics, metal objects, etc. Some worked in                like souls. They were intended to be seen from the front
         official workshops close to palaces and temples, others in              and were colossal in size.
         private workshops. Merchants brought wood, perfumes,
                                                                         8   	
                                                                              A long avenue led to a monumental gate. The avenue was
         incense and metals from distant lands and sold them in
                                                                              decorated with statues of sphinxes, which protected the
         Egypt. They travelled in boats or caravans. They did not use
                                                                              temple. They had animal bodies and human heads.
         currency, they bartered. The wealthy had servants, who
         received a modest wage in return for their work.                     The temple was accessed through a thick wall, the pylon. In
                                                                              front were the obelisks, which represented a link between
      • Egyptian women enjoyed certain rights that other women
                                                                              the Earth and the sky.
         in the ancient world did not have. For example, they could
         own, manage and inherit property, buy and sell goods, and            Finally, there was the sanctuary, where the statue of the
         even divorce. Most were responsible for taking care of the           divinity was kept.
         home and the family. They also did other jobs: weaving
         linen fabrics, making bread, cultivating the land, or working
         as servants.
5     • 
        Pharaohs had absolute power: They dictated the laws,
        ruled the country, owned a large part of the land,
        controlled trade, and were the supreme commanders
        of the army. They lived in great palaces surrounded by
        wealth and had hundreds of servants and slaves. The
        Egyptians believed that the pharaohs were gods. They
        also thought that they had magical powers, such as
        causing the Nile to rise.
      • Mainly the nobility, who were members of the pharaoh's
         family and other families whom the pharaoh had rewarded
         with extensive land and great wealth. They ruled the
         provinces into which Egypt was divided. The priests, who
         conducted the religious rites and were in charge of the
         temples. Thousands of people worked for them or had
         to give them a part of their crops. The scribes, who wrote
         official documents and kept a record of the royal taxes and
         the goods entering and leaving the palace stores.
         They enjoyed great social prestige, because only the
         scribes, the priests and some nobles could read and write.
         The army protected Egypt's borders. In return, the soldiers
218         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                      Ancient Greek civilisation.
                                       The origin of democracy                                                                                           10
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   219
                                   Ancient Greek civilisation.
         10                        The origin of democracy
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                222
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                         Sheet 1. Greek space and time.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                            224
                                         Sheet 2. Athens and Sparta .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                        225
                                         Sheet 3. Greek art. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                       226
                                   •     Go further
                                         Sheet 5. Who was Alexander the Great? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                 228
                                   Extension
                                         Sheet 6. How was theatre invented? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                        229
                                         Sheet 7. Were the Olympics a religious event? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                        230
                                         Sheet 8. Gods, Graves and Scholars . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                   232
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                    235
                                   Assessment
                                   • Assessment tests
                                         Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   236
                                         Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    238
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                        221
      10
                               STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 5
But democracy in Greece, despite representing progress, had                          This challenge allows students to deepen
serious conceptual flaws: it only involved men. Our current                          their critical analysis of their environment
democratic system guarantees, in theory, equality between                            and analyse social reality from a scientific
women and men; but in practice there continues to be gender                          perspective, based on data and not
discrimination that affects daily life, economic and political                       opinions. It will also make them aware
participation, etc. The study of Greek democracy will allow                          of the importance of avoiding gender
students to understand how even the most participatory of                            discrimination in their immediate
political systems can condition gender equality.                                     environment.
      STARTING POINT
      • Art also represents the stereotypes of each period. The image on the first page of the unit depicts
         a fragment of a piece of pottery with red figures on a black background. It shows three richly dressed
         women, with elaborate hairstyles, who seem to be playing with a bird. The rich clothing and jewellery
         (bracelets, tiaras, necklaces) indicate their noble origins, and their attitude reflects the activities they
         devoted themselves to, as they spent most of their time confined to the gynaikonitis. The painting reflects
         the ideal of beauty and customs of the time, but also the idea of women as objects of beauty.
      • Gender inequality defines women's lives. The infographic at the beginning of the unit shows how
         the life of Greek women was marked by inequality, which limited their scope of action to the family home,
         assigned them a function (bringing up children) and denied them the right to political or social
         participation. Even professions such as acting were forbidden to them, as female roles were performed
         by men.
        Greek democracy, while more advanced than the political systems that preceded it, was limited from
        its very conception, since the right to participate in politics was reserved for a small group of men.
222         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Personalised
                                                                       learning
                                                                       Reinforcement
                                                                       Extension
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   223
                                                                        ANCIENT GREEK CIVILISATION. THE ORIGIN OF DEMOCRACY
    SHEET 1         REINFORCEMENT
• On the second map, locate Macedon and write its name.
2     Complete the table with the three main periods in the history
      of Ancient Greece after the Dark Age. Then, complete the timeline with every stage in ancient Greek history.
224         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                         ANCIENT GREEK CIVILISATION. THE ORIGIN OF DEMOCRACY
    SHEET 2       REINFORCEMENT
ATHENS SPARTA
                                      Politics, Aristotle (Adapted)                  • Do you think democracy in ancient Athens was
                                                                                        the same as it is now? Justify your answer.
3    Label the photo with the names of the pieces of equipment the hoplites used.
     Then, answer the questions.
                                                                                 • What were the wars between the Greeks and Persians
                                                                                    in the early 5th century BC called? Who won the wars?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   225
                                                                          ANCIENT GREEK CIVILISATION. THE ORIGIN OF DEMOCRACY
    SHEET 3          REINFORCEMENT
Greek art
1     Label the different parts of a Greek temple.                          3    The columns in temples evolved and gave rise to
                                                                                 different orders. Name the order each column belongs
                                                                                 to and its features.
                                                                                                                                  Order: 
                                                                                                                                  Capital: 
                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                  Order: 
                                                                                                                                  Capital: 
                                                                                                                                  
226           GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                         ANCIENT GREEK CIVILISATION. THE ORIGIN OF DEMOCRACY
    SHEET 4       REINFORCEMENT
Groups Characteristics
Citizens
       Your duty is to stay at home. You must send out the slaves who work outside. You must supervise those who
       work inside the home. You must receive what is brought in, give out what must be spent, foresee what must
       be stored and ensure that provisions for a year are not wasted in a month.
                                                                                          Oeconomicus, Xenophon, 4th century BC (Adapted)
                                                                                 They grew:
                                                Agriculture
                                                                                  They made:
          ECONOMY
                                                  Crafts
They exported:
Trade
They imported:
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   227
                                                                    ANCIENT GREEK CIVILISATION. THE ORIGIN OF DEMOCRACY
    SHEET 5         REINFORCEMENT
                    Go further
       Name:                                                                          Year:                            Date:
                                                                                                                                                                 F
                                 E
1     Look for information on the life of Alexander the Great         3    Alexander the Great conquered a large empire.
      and complete the fact sheet. Then answer.                            Look at the map and write which modern countries
                                                                           the empire occupied.
      Alexander the Great
228         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    SHEET 6          EXTENSION                                            ANCIENT GREEK CIVILISATION. THE ORIGIN OF DEMOCRACY
1    Theatre was invented in Greece. But do you know                           5     Look at the photo and write which place in the theatre
     how? Look for information and explain.                                          each letter corresponds to.
         Structure
                                                                                        A:
       Playwrights                                                                      B:
                                                                                        C:
           Works
                                                                                     • G
                                                                                        ive a brief explanation of what a Greek theatre
                                                                                       was like.
3    Theatre is related to Greek myths.                                              • Do they resemble today's theatres? Give reasons
     • What were the myths?                                                            for your answer.
                                                                                     • Look for some pictures of surviving Greek theatres
     • Look for and explain a Greek myth.
                                                                                        and make a photo album.
     • One of Sophocles' most famous plays was Oedipus
       Rex. Briefly summarise the plot of the play. Don't forget               6     Different people were involved in a Greek play.
       to provide:                                                                   Read and answer the questions.
       – The main characters.                                                       • The actors. What was their role? Why
                                                                                        couldn't women take part? Who played
       – The elements of fantasy that it contains.
                                                                                        women's roles?
       – The part of the myth that the play portrays.
                                                                                     • The chorus. What was their role?
                                                                                        How did they dress in tragedies?
4    If you search for information on the main surviving                                What about in comedies?
     Greek plays, you will find that most of the titles allude
                                                                                     • Coryphaeus. What was the coryphaeus?
     to women's names.
     • Research the plot of the following plays:                              7     Evaluate.
       – Antigone and Electra, both by Sophocles.                                   • Find an excerpt from a Classical Greek play and plan
                                                                                        a performance of it.
       – Medea and Trojan Women, both by Euripides.
                                                                                     • Select the characters and think about what they
     • Why do you think there are so many titles referring
                                                                                        should wear.
        to women in theatre when women had a limited
        presence in society and could not even perform                               • You can also create a chorus that dances and sings.
        in the theatre?                                                                 Think of appropriate music and choreography.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       229
    SHEET 7           EXTENSION
      You are going to take part in the Olympics held in Olympia in honour of the god Zeus. They last between five
      and six days. Look at the programme of events.
      • Look for information about the most recent Olympic                       • Morning: races.
         Games. Were the events similar in any way to the events                  • Afternoon: combat.
         held at the Greek Olympics?
                                                                                  Day 6
      • The Olympic flame was also lit at the opening ceremony
                                                                                  Presentation of the champions.
         of the Games in Ancient Greece. Who was in charge of
         lighting it? How is it lit at the modern Games?
A B C
      • What prize did the winning athletes receive at the Greek Olympic Games? Is it the same as the prize athletes
         receive nowadays?
230         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                     ANCIENT GREEK CIVILISATION. THE ORIGIN OF DEMOCRACY
3   According to myth, the Olympic Games were established by Heracles in honour of the god Zeus.
    • Who were Heracles and Zeus? How were they characterised in Greek mythology?
    • How important was religion in these games? Does religion have the same importance today?
    • In Olympia there was a temple dedicated to Zeus. What kind of order does the column in the photo correspond to?
       Describe the reproduction of the temple.
Remains of the Temple of Zeus in Olympia Reproduction of how the Temple of Zeus probably looked
4 The Olympic Games were so important that they were used to measure time.
6   Only male citizens (both young and old) could compete in the Olympic Games.
    • Why do you think women, slaves and foreigners were not allowed to compete?
    • What was life like for slaves in Ancient Greece?
    • In the modern Olympic Games, who can take part in the competitions?
7   In Greece, there were also other sporting competitions dedicated to other deities. Look for information about
    these and complete the table.
Games Where they were held Deity they were dedicated to Type of competition
Pythian
Isthmian
Nemean
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   231
    SHEET 8          EXTENSION                                       ANCIENT GREEK CIVILISATION. THE ORIGIN OF DEMOCRACY
READ
    [...] Homer was regarded in Schliemann's day as the               pinnacle of classical culture with which we are
    simple singer of a long-gone ancient world, but his               familiar. But even if these ideas seemed logical and
    existence and his accounts were doubted, and the                  well-founded, they did not make him [Heinrich
    scholars of the time could not imagine that he would              Schliemann] give up his faith in the Homeric world.
    later be called "the first war correspondent". The                For him, whatever he read in his Homer was pure
    historical value of his account of the fight around               reality. This was just as true when he was 46 as when
    Priam's Palace was regarded in the same way as the                he was a child dreaming in front of the simple
    ancient heroic deeds that were part of the dark world
                                                                      reproduction of the fugitive Aeneas.
    of mythology.
                                                                      When he read in the description of Agamemnon's
    The Iliad begins by saying that "Apollo, who hits the
                                                                      Gorgonian shield that the strap of the shield looked
    target from afar" sends a deadly disease into the ranks
                                                                      like a three-headed serpent, and when he learnt about
    of the Achaeans. Zeus himself intervenes in the fight,
    and Hera, "the lily-armed”, does too. Isn't it true that          the chariots, weapons and other implements
    the gods become people and vulnerable like people,                described there in detail, he had no doubt in his mind
    and that the goddess Aphrodite suffers a spear                    that he had before him a description of the true reality
    wound?                                                            of Greek history. Could all those heroes; Achilles and
                                                                      Patroclus, Hector and Aeneas; their deeds; their
    All of this was thought to be mythology or legend, full
    of the divine sparkle of one of the greatest poets. But           friendships; their hatred and their love, only be
    only poetry and legend, fantasy, nothing more.                    made-up stories?
    Let us go further. The Greece of the Iliad must have              He believed in the true existence of all this. And his
    been a country of great culture. However, in the era              belief embraced the whole of Hellenic antiquity and
    when the Greeks first appeared in History, they                   the great historians Herodotus and Thucydides, who
    seemed an insignificant people to us. They did not                had always believed that the Trojan War had been a
    seem remarkable because of the splendour of their                 historical event and that all those who had taken part
    palaces, or because of the power of their kings, or               in it were historical figures.
    because of their fleets of thousands of ships.
                                                                      When he was 46 years old and already a millionaire,
    Therefore, this contributed to the belief that Homer's
                                                                      Heinrich Schliemann did not move to modern Greece.
    inspiration was fantastical. It was thought that he
                                                                      Instead, armed with his conviction, he went straight to
    imagined an era of high civilisation, which would have
                                                                      the kingdom of the Achaeans.
    been followed by an era of descent into barbarism,
    from which Greece would have risen again to the                        Gods, Graves and Scholars, C. W. Ceram, 1949 (Adapted)
QUESTIONS
232          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Assessment
                                                                       resources
                                                                       Self-assessment
                                                                       Assessment
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   233
    10             SELF-ASSESSMENT
1   The main stages in Ancient Greek history are...                           6     The group of non-citizens was made up of…
         a.	the Archaic, the Classical and the Artistic periods.                           a.	foreigners, slaves and women.
         b.	the Archaic, the Classical and the Hellenistic                                 b.	peasants, wealthy merchants and the elderly.
             periods.                                                                       c.	nobles, monarchs and women.
         c.	the Archaic, the Mycenaean and the Dark periods.
                                                                              7     The oracles were…
2   The Greek colonies were…                                                                a.	born from the union of a god or goddess
         a.	independent poleis that were ruled from Athens,                                    and a human.
             to whom they had to pay taxes.                                                 b.	messages that magistrates sent to citizens.
         b.	communities that were conquered and forcibly                                   c.	messages from the gods and goddesses that
             dominated by the poleis.                                                           were interpreted by priests.
         c.	independent communities, although they
             maintained the gods, customs and organisation                    8     The three Greek orders are…
             of their original polis.
                                                                                            a.	naos, pronaos and opisthodomos.
         a.	the Ekklesia, the Boule, the magistrates                                       c.	Doric, Ionic and Corinthian.
             and the law courts.
                                                                              9     The Greek canon was…
         b.	the Gerousia, the kings, the ephors
             and the Apella.                                                                a.	the main square. The market was held there and
                                                                                                it was the place where the population gathered.
         c.	the Ekklesia, the archons, the strategoi
             and the Apella.                                                                b.	a rule for representing the human body, used
                                                                                                in sculpture.
4   The Peloponnesian War...                                                                c.	one of the Greek orders for columns.
         a.	broke out in 431 BC between Athens and Sparta.
             Athens won.                                                      10    Some Greek philosophers were…
         b.	broke out in 490 BC between Greece and Persia.                                 a.	Socrates, Plato and Aristotle.
             Greece won.                                                                    b.	Sophocles, Aeschylus and Euripides.
         c.	broke out in 431 BC between Athens and Sparta.                                 c.	Pythagoras, Archimedes and Herodotus.
             Sparta won.
                                                                                             1. b, 2. c, 3. a, 4. c, 5. c, 6. a, 7. c, 8. c, 9. b, 10. a.
                                                                                                                                                     ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   235
    10                     ASSESSMENT
• Hellas:
• Polis:
• Aristoi:
2     Match the events with the stage in which they took place. Put the letters in the correct place in the table. (0.5 p.)
      a Alexander the Great conquers the Persian Empire. 		                          b The Achaeans found Mycenae.
      c The Persian wars take place. 		                                              d King Minos rules Crete.
      e The Peloponnesian War begins. 		                                             f  The south of Italy is colonised.
3     Explain why Greek expansion took place and the consequences this expansion had. (1 p.)
      
5     Answer these questions about the major wars of the Classical period. (1 p.)
      • What are the names of the wars in which the Greeks fought against the Persians? 
236                GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                TEST B
7    Look at the photo. Label the parts of the Greek temple and answer the questions. (1 p.)
                                                                          • How were Greek temples built? 
                                                                              
Citizens
Non-citizens
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       237
    10                  ASSESSMENT
You have just moved to Alexandria, Egypt. You are planning a party so that you can meet new people in the city.
2 The Greeks had already founded colonies in other parts of Europe. (1 p.)
• At what stage in the history of Greece did this expansion take place?
3 You have sent your slaves out to buy things for the party. (1 p.)
• What social group did slaves belong to? Who else made up this group?
4 The city of Alexandria was extremely wealthy. Complete the table about the Greek economy. (1 p.)
Products
• Look at the image and describe what Greek houses were like.
238             GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                  TEST A
6   Some products for your party have arrived from Athens. You remember the power that this polis had. (1.5 p.)
    • At what time in Greek history did Athens experience its greatest period of splendour? 
Institution Function
• What other poleis did Athens fight against? Who did they lose to?
8   You have made an offering to the gods and been to a theatrical performance in honour of Serapis. (1 p.)
    • What was the difference between gods and heroes? 
• Does it belong to the Hellenistic style? What are the features of this style?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of            . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       239
     10             CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                              Actividades
                           Criterios                                                                                            Saberes relacionados
                                                                     Prueba B               Prueba A
Test B
1     • Hellas: it means "territory of the Greeks" and it was the                     sufficiently fertile to produce enough food for the increasing
         geographical space where Greek civilisation was present.                      population. Moreover, most of the land was owned by a
      • Polis: a city with its own government, laws and army.                         minority. As a result, many Greeks emigrated and established
      • Aristoi: it means "the best" and it was what the richest                      colonies around the Mediterranean. As a consequence, the
         people called themselves.                                                     Greeks came into contact with other peoples, such as the
                                                                                       Phoenicians, the Etruscans and the Egyptians.
2     Minoan civilisation: d.
      Mycenaean civilisation: b.
                                                                                  4    The Ekklesia, or Assembly. It was the main political decision-
      Archaic period: f.
                                                                                       making body. The Ekklesia was made up of all Athenian
      Classical period: c, e.
                                                                                       citizens over the age of 20. The Boule, or Council of 500. It
      Hellenistic period: a.
                                                                                       prepared the issues to be discussed in the Assembly. It was
3     Between the 8th and 6th centuries BC, Greece experienced                         made up of 500 citizens over the age of 30. The members
      a period of crisis. This happened because the soil was not                       were chosen by ballot. Magistrates. They were the officials
240         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                 . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
     who carried out the decisions of the Assembly. Among them                           Test A
     were the ten strategoi, who commanded the army and the
     navy. Law courts. They were elected each year by ballot from
                                                                                   1     • It was founded by Alexander the Great. He reached the
     among the citizens.
                                                                                            Indus river valley and created a vast empire extending over
5    • Persian Wars.                                                                       Persia, Mesopotamia, Syria and Egypt.
     • The Greeks won.                                                                  • Hellenism refers to the spread of Greek culture to Asia and
     • Athens experienced a period of splendour, especially                                North Africa, and the fusion of Greek and Eastern culture.
        under the rule of Pericles.
                                                                                   2     • In the Archaic period.
     • The political, economic and cultural rise of Athens during
        the 5th century BC threatened the interests of other poleis,                     • Because Greece experienced a period of crisis where
        such as Sparta. Sparta won.                                                         the population increased, but the soil was not sufficiently
                                                                                            fertile to produce enough food for everyone. Moreover,
6    Greek became the official language in the territories                                  most of the land was owned by a minority.
     conquered by Alexander the Great. Greek culture and art also
                                                                                         • The colonies were independent communities, although
     spread. This mix of Greek and Eastern culture is known as
                                                                                            they maintained the gods and goddesses, customs and
     Hellenism. The Hellenistic world included great cities, such
                                                                                            organisation of the original polis from which their
     as Pergamon and Alexandria, where trade became very
                                                                                            population came (called a metropolis).
     important. Art and literature flourished during this period.
     Important scientific advances were also made.                                 3     • To the non-citizens. Foreigners and women.
7    From left to right: Doric columns, pronaos (entrance porch)                         • In the agora.
     and steps.
                                                                                   4     Agriculture. They cultivated wheat, vines and olives. Crafts.
     • The temples were mainly built of stone and painted in
                                                                                         Pottery, leather goods, linen, wool, and cotton fabrics, etc.
        bright colours. They had flat roofs that were supported by
                                                                                         Trade. They exported oil, wine, fabrics, bronze objects,
        columns. They were divided into various rooms.
                                                                                         furniture, etc. They imported cereals, wood, iron, copper, etc.
     • The Doric order, because the capital is plain.
                                                                                   5     • The houses of wealthy families had one or two floors
     • In the Acropolis of Athens.
                                                                                            and were arranged around a courtyard. There was an area
8    Citizens. They were a minority. They participated in politics                          reserved for women called the gynaikonitis.
     and the army, enjoyed full rights and had an obligation to pay
                                                                                         • The diet was based on cereals, cheese, eggs, fruit and
     taxes.
                                                                                            vegetables. The Greeks also consumed olive oil, goat's milk
     Non-citizens. They were a majority. They could not participate
                                                                                            and fish. Meat was scarce, and reserved for the richest
     in politics, but their situation was varied. Foreigners were
                                                                                            families and for banquets.
     free. They paid taxes and could join the army, but they were
     not allowed to own land or houses. They worked in trade and                   6     • In the Classical period.
     crafts. Slaves were not free. They were usually prisoners of                        • The Persian Wars.
     war or the children of slaves. Women could be free or slaves,
     but none had any rights.                                                            • See answer to activity 4 of Test B.
                                                                                         • Against Sparta.
9    • A: Archaic period. B: Classical period. C: Hellenistic period.
     • There are differences in terms of movement (the most                             • Sparta was one of the largest and most powerful poleis in
        static is the sculpture from the Archaic period and the one                         Greece. However, its government and social structure were
        with the most movement is Hellenistic), expression (the                             very different from those of the other poleis. Sparta's
        sculpture from the Archaic period is more schematic and                             system of government was oligarchy, which means "rule
        inexpressive, the Classical one is more natural and the                             by the few".
        Hellenistic one is very expressive), and composition (the                  7     Column C, of the Corinthian order. This is characterised by
        sculpture from the Classical period is harmonious and                            the fluted shaft with smooth edges. It stands on a base. The
        balanced).                                                                       capital is decorated with acanthus leaves.
10   The oracles were the places where offerings were made to                      8     • The gods looked human, but they were immortal. Heroes
     the gods and goddesses. False.
                                                                                            were born from the union of a god or goddess and
     Theatre and philosophy originated in Ancient Greece. True.
                                                                                            a human being.
     Heroes were born from the union of a god or goddess and a
     human being. True.                                                                  • The first plays were tragedies. The main authors were
     Herodotus was a very prominent poet. He wrote the Iliad and                            Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides.
     the Odyssey. False.                                                                     Later, comedy appeared. It was used to criticise Greek
     The chief god of the Greeks was Zeus, who lived on Mount                                society by showing absurd situations. Aristophanes was
     Olympus. True.                                                                          one of the great authors of comedies.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of              . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   241
    10              CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
242         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                        Roman civilisation.
                                                           A great empire                                                                                       11
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.    243
                                   Roman civilisation.
          11                       A great empire
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                 246
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                        Sheet 1. Rome: space and time .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                              248
                                   •    Techniques
                                        Sheet 3. Everyday life through art . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                250
                                   •    Go further
                                        Sheet 4. How did people travel around the Roman Empire? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                                                  251
                                   Extension
                                        Sheet 5. The bravery of women .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                 252
                                        Sheet 6. Shall we meet up this afternoon? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                253
                                        Sheet 7. The siege of Alesia .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                      254
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                   257
                                   Assessment
                                   • Assessment tests
                                        Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   258
                                        Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    260
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                        245
       11
                               STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 11
      STARTING POINT
      • R
         ome, the cradle of civilisation. The photo at the beginning of the unit shows the current state of the
        Forum Magnum, Rome's forum. This was the location of the institutions of government, the temples, the
        basilicas for trade and the administration of justice. The Roman forum was also the centre and the symbol of
        Rome's power. People came to it from all corners of the territory conquered by the Romans. Therefore, one
        of its main functions was to impress visitors with its monumental buildings and to show the power of Rome
        to the world. This is why all the emperors of Rome wanted to leave their mark on it. Emperor Augustus, for
        example, boasted of turning the brick city he had received into a city of marble.
      • T
         he technical innovations of Roman engineering. The infographic at the beginning of the unit in the
        Student's Book shows the complexity of Roman aqueducts, formed of water collection points, water tanks,
        canals, distribution infrastructure, monumental arches and fountains. These were very complex structures
        that sometimes spread over many kilometres.
        Thorough studies of the terrain were necessary in order to get water to the cities. But, in addition to their
        practical utility, the aqueducts served as a clear demonstration of the advantages of Roman civilisation and
        served as propaganda for Rome's power.
246         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Personalised
                                                                       learning
                                                                       Reinforcement
                                                                       Extension
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   247
                                                                                                  ROMAN CIVILISATION. A GREAT EMPIRE
    SHEET 1        REINFORCEMENT
2     Complete the table with the main periods of Roman expansion. Use different colours to mark
      the periods of expansion on the map in Activity 1.
3 Complete this timeline with the periods of the Roman Empire and the start and end dates of each period.
      • Write in which period these events took place. Write M for Monarchy, R for Republic or E for Empire.
            The Etruscans conquered Rome.		
                                          561819_11_p10_b_LT RomaThe Punic Wars took place.
            The Tribune of the Plebs was created.		                                 Octavianus was proclaimed emperor.
            Long period known as the Pax Romana. 		                                 Julius Caesar was made dictator for life.
            Caracalla expanded Roman citizenship.		                                 Theodosius divided the Roman Empire.
248         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of      . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    SHEET 2       REINFORCEMENT                                                                          ROMAN CIVILISATION. A GREAT EMPIRE
System of government
Main institutions
Relevant figures
Social organisation
2 Look at the images. Write which period each image relates to and why.
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   249
                                                                                                    ROMAN CIVILISATION. A GREAT EMPIRE
    SHEET 3       REINFORCEMENT
                  Techniques
       Name:                                                                             Year:                            Date:
2   	
     Analyse the sculptures.
                                                               • What are these figures' hairstyles like? Do you think it was easy to
                                                                  style their hair this way? Would you dare to style your hair like this?
                                                               • What information do these images give us about the way people
                                                                  dressed?
                                                               • Do you get the impression that the Romans paid attention to how
                                                                  they looked? Do you think all the social groups were able to do this?
                                                               • Did you know that the Romans removed hair from their bodies?
                                                                  Look for other examples of Roman grooming practices and present
                                                                  them to the class.
250        GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    SHEET 4        REINFORCEMENT                                                                           ROMAN CIVILISATION. A GREAT EMPIRE
                   Go further
      Name:                                                                                    Year:                            Date:
3    You are going to take several slaves with you on your journey.
     • Explain how someone could become a slave. Was it possible for a slave to become free? How?
     • Who was a Roman citizen during the period of the Empire? Were there citizens in Republican times?
     • When did large numbers of inhabitants of the Empire gain Roman citizenship? Who were they?
     • Do you think Roman society was fair? What about society today? Give reasons for your answer.
4    Part of your journey will be by sea and part will be over land on Roman roads.
     • What were the ships used by the Romans for trade like? Look for information and describe them.
     • Why do you think such an extensive network of roads was built? How were these roads constructed?
5    Along the Roman roads you meet many legionaries who protect the Empire.
     • Why were legionaries important to the Roman Empire?
     • Do you know the name of a city founded by legionaries?
7 Read the text. Which is the best occupation, according to Cicero? What should a merchant do?
      If trade is on a small scale, it must be considered a lowly occupation. However, if it is on a large scale and
      prosperous, importing and exporting merchandise from all over the world without deceiving anyone, it must
      not be entirely condemned. It even seems to deserve the highest praise if the trader is satisfied with his
      earnings and retires to the peace and quiet of a country estate after having made many sea voyages from the
      port. But of all the occupations by which wealth is acquired, agriculture is the best, the most profitable, the
      most delightful and the most becoming of an honourable man.
                                                                                                                                On Duties, Cicero (Adapted)
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   251
     SHEET 5         EXTENSION                                                                 ROMAN CIVILISATION. A GREAT EMPIRE
1 Read these excerpts by historian Mary Beard about various women in Ancient Rome.
A                                                                   B
     Hersilia. She is lost in the grey area between the                     Perpetua. "A Christian martyr who was killed in
     founding myth and the real history of Rome.                            Carthage, in northern Africa, in AD 203. The
     "[Hersilia] almost certainly never existed, but she                    amazing thing is that the journal recounting her
     is a great symbol nonetheless. She is supposed to                      execution includes her own account of her trial
     have been the wife of Romulus, the founder of the                      and imprisonment. Among other things, she
     city. When the Romans were at war with their                           describes the dreams she had in prison before her
     neighbours, the Sabines (Hersilia was, in fact, a                      death. Perpetua's account is very special because
     Sabine too), she took the other women to the                           so few texts survive from the Roman world that
     battlefield and said to the men, 'Stop the fighting                    are actually written by women."
     and make peace'. She was one of the first conflict
                                                                                       La Vanguardia, 2nd November 2019 (Adapted)
     mediators. Many centuries later, the moment was
     immortalised in the famous painting by the
     French painter Jacques-Louis David."                           D
                                                                            Livia. "The wife of the first emperor, Augustus.
               La Vanguardia, 2nd November 2019 (Adapted)
                                                                            She is reputed to be cruel and manipulative.
                                                                            Moreover, she is accused of having poisoned
                                                                            anyone who stood in the way of her son, Tiberius,
C Boadicea, the British queen. "We cannot forget                            on his way to the throne after Augustus." It is a
  the rebellions against Rome. Boadicea (or                                 vision that has been handed down to us from
  Boudicca, as she was more likely known) rose                              antiquity and which, in the 20th century, Robert
  up against the Roman occupation of Britain after                          Graves reaffirmed in his famous I, Claudius.
  the death of her husband (who was a Roman                                 "But all the ancient chronicles," explains Beard,
  collaborator). She was briefly successful against                         "were written by men who were always ready to
  the Roman legions before her inevitable defeat.                           blame women for anything that went wrong! My
  She was, I must admit, horribly ruthless (or so                           opinion is that she was a very hard-working,
  the Romans said!), but she is a wonderful symbol                          patient and remarkable woman, and we should
  of women's resilience."                                                   think better of her."
               La Vanguardia, 2nd November 2019 (Adapted)
                                                                                        La Vanguardia, 2nd November 2019 (Adapted)
 2    Read text A.                                                      4    Mary Beard also talks about the female enemies
      • What is the founding myth of Rome? What is the myth                 of Rome. Read text C.
         of the Sabines?                                                     • Who was Boadicea and how did her story end?
      • Look up Jacques-Louis David's painting The                          • Do you think there were other women who also fought
         Intervention of the Sabine Women. Who was Hersilia?                    against the Roman Empire?
         What did she do?
      • Why do you think she got involved in this conflict?
                                                                        5    Finally, read text D.
                                                                             • Why is so little known about Roman women and so
 3    Analyse text B.                                                           much about Roman men?
      • Who was Perpetua?                                                   • What is Livia accused of? Why do you think women
      • What was Christianity's message? Why did it begin to                   were blamed for everything that went wrong?
         be persecuted? When was it recognised as an official
                                                                             • What does Beard think Livia must have really been like?
         religion?
      • Look for information and explain how Perpetua                  6    Select one of the Roman women from the texts above.
         and the rest of her companions died. How did their                  Find out more about her and create a storyboard
         story come to be known?                                             about an event from her life.
252         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    SHEET 6       EXTENSION                                                                             ROMAN CIVILISATION. A GREAT EMPIRE
1    Imagine you live in Imperial Rome and you want to plan a fun afternoon.
      Look at the image of the city.
6 1
                                                                         4
                                                  5
                                                                                                                                 Coliseum
                                                                                                                                 Circus Maximus
                                                                                                                                 Aqueduct
                                                  3
                                                                                                                                 Thermae of Traianus
                                                                                                                                Temple of Caesar
                                                                                                                                 Palace of Septimius Severus
2    You intend to go to the thermae first.                                4     Your next plan is to go to a gladiator fight, but before
                                                                                 that you want to have something to eat.
     • Using the image below, explain how the Roman
        thermae worked.                                                          • Did takeaway food exist in the Roman world? Were the
                                                                                    establishments like modern takeaway places? Explain.
                                                                                 • Find images of Roman takeaway establishments.
                                                                                    How did they work? What food did they offer?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of      . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   253
    SHEET 7          EXTENSION                                                                     ROMAN CIVILISATION. A GREAT EMPIRE
READ
        The town of Alesia is situated on the top of                    the trenches so that only their points stick out from
        a very high hill so it may be impossible to                     the ground. There are five rows like this, crossing
        conquer except by a siege. Two rivers flow                      each other. Anyone who tries to go through them
        around the bottom of the hill. There is a plain                 is sure to be pierced by the sharp stakes, which
        about four kilometres long in front of the town,                the Roman soldiers call "cippi". When Caesar
        and there are hills all around it.                              finishes these defences in front of the camp of
        This settlement of the Gauls is defended by a stone             Alesia, he builds a similar line behind his forces
        wall two metres high and by a long trench.                      so that his army cannot be attacked from
        The Romans begin their own fortifications along                 the other side.
        a circuit 13 kilometres long. The Roman camp is                                                               Julius Caesar,
        built in a very strong position and has 23 fortified                                  Commentaries on the Gallic War, 52 BC
        towers, which armed soldiers guard carefully in                                                                   (Adapted)
        case the Gauls leave their town to attack them.
        Similarly, there are night-watchmen who protect
        the Roman positions at night.
        Caesar digs two trenches four metres long and
        four metres wide with very steep sides. He fills the
        inner trench, at the lowest part of the plain, using
        water taken from the rivers. Around these two
        trenches, he builds a very high wall with parapets
        and battlements, and constructs towers all around
        it at a distance of 30 metres from each other.
        Sometimes, the Gauls try to prevent us from
        building our fortifications by launching attacks
        from several different places at the same time. So
        Caesar thinks it needs even better defences, so
        that our fortifications can be defended by a smaller
        number of men. His soldiers therefore, cut down
        the trunks of great trees or very thick branches,
        and sharpen them to a point. Then continuous
        trenches are dug everywhere to a depth of two
        metres. The pointed trees are sunk into
                                                                                                     Julius Caesar
QUESTIONS
1     Scan the text for all the words connected                           • Summarise Caesar's measures to capture Alesia in
      to warfare. Check their meaning with a partner.                        three sentences.
                                                                          • Alesia was in Gallia. Find out when it became part of
2     Answer the questions in your notebook.
                                                                             the Roman Empire.
      • Who is the author of this text? Is he also the protagonist?
                                                                          • Look for the "Battle of Alesia" on Google Images. Bring to
         Why do you think he refers to himself in the third person?
                                                                             the classroom one image of the battle that you consider
      • When was this text written? Does it refer to recent                 to be realistic, and one that you consider to be unrealistic.
         events, or history from a different period?                         Discuss your pictures together in groups.
254          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
Assessment
resources
Self-assessment
Assessment
                  255
    11             SELF-ASSESSMENT
1   The three periods into which Roman history is divided                      6     The crisis of the 3rd century brought with it…
    are...                                                                                   a.	the transformation of the Republic into the
         a.	the Old Kingdom, the Middle Kingdom and the                                         Empire.
             New Kingdom.                                                                    b.	the end of the Latin language and the general use
         b.	the Archaic period, the Classical period and                                        of Germanic languages in Rome.
             the Hellenistic period.                                                         c.	the ruralisation of the Empire, a reduction in trade
         c.	the Monarchy, the Republic and the Empire.                                          and the loss of the emperor's power.
2   The stage in Roman history in which the Senate had                         7     Agriculture during the Roman Empire was
    the most power was…                                                              characterised by...
         a.	the Empire.                                                                     a.	growing crops such as wheat, vines and olives
         b.	the Republic.                                                                       in latifundia.
                                                                                             1. c, 2. b, 3. a, 4. b, 5. a, 6. c, 7. a, 8. b, 9. a, 10. a.
                                                                                                                                                      ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   257
      11               ASSESSMENT
• Pax Romana:
• Legionary:
• Comitia:
• Villa:
• Mare Nostrum:
Monarchy
Republic
Empire
3 Who were the patricians and the plebeians? Why was there conflict between them? (1 p.)
      
4     Complete the diagram on how the Roman expansion in the Mediterranean was carried out. (1 p.)
5 Use these aspects to write a summary of how society was organised during the Empire. (1 p.)
• Citizens:
• Non-citizens:
• Women:
• Citizenship:
258          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                   TEST B
6 List the main factors that led to the crisis of the Empire. (1.5 p.)
7 Complete the table about the products obtained from different activities. (1.5 p.)
Activity Products
Agriculture
Mining
                                        • Small workshops:
         Crafts
                                        • Large workshops:
                                        • Imports:
         Trade
A B
10   Are these statements about Roman religion and Christianity true (T) or false (F)? (1 p.)
             The Romans were polytheistic, which means that they believed in various deities.
             They only worshipped the Capitoline Triad: Iuppiter, Iuno and Minerva.
             Three groups of deities were worshipped at home: Lares, Manes and Penates.
             Jesus of Nazareth founded Christianity in the 1st century AD.
             Rome considered the first Christians a threat because they did not worship the emperor.
             In AD 380, the emperor Diocletian declared Christianity the official religion of the Empire.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of             . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       259
      11                ASSESSMENT
      You are an inhabitant of Rome who is visiting Pompeii in the year AD 79. That year, the city of Pompeii was buried
      by lava and ash after the eruption of Vesuvius. This makes Pompeii one of the most important archaeological sites
      of Roman civilisation.
1 Read the text, which is by a Roman poet. Then answer the questions. (1 p.)
        This is Vesuvius, recently green with shady vines; here the noble
        grape had filled the containers with wine. These are the heights
        which Bacchus loved more than the hills of Nysa [...]. This was
        where Venus lived, which she preferred to Lacadaemon; this was
        the place renowned by the divinity of Hercules. All now lies buried
        in flames and sad ashes. Even the gods would have wished not to
        have had the power to cause such a catastrophe.
                                                              Epigrams, Martial (Adapted)
• Look at the aerial view of the city. How was this Roman city organised?
        
      • The city was on the Mediterranean coast. What did the Romans call this sea? Why?
• Who was the first ruler of this period? How did he organise power?
260             GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                              TEST A
• Who did they fight against for control of the Western Mediterranean? What were these wars called?
5   You have seen this painting in the house where you are staying. (1 p.)
    • Where were paintings displayed? 
• What is the theme of this painting? What other subjects did paintings show?
6 The city of Pompeii's main activities were agriculture and trade. (1.5 p.)
Agriculture Trade
                                                                                                      • Imports:
                Main products
7 You have visited the city and seen these buildings. (1 p.)
A B C D
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       261
      11             CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                            Actividades
                            Criterios                                                                                          Saberes relacionados
                                                                    Prueba B               Prueba A
Test B
1     • Pax Romana: name for the period of peace and prosperity                 2    Monarchy (753 BC–509 BC). Main institutions: the monarch,
         during the 1st and 2nd centuries AD. This period was a                       advised by the Senate. This assembly consisted of
         marked contrast to the previous one.                                         representatives from the most prominent families.
      • Legionary: soldier of the Roman army. The legions played                     Republic (509 BC–27 BC). Main institutions: Comitia. They
         an important role in Rome's conquests.                                       were assemblies where Roman citizens voted on laws and
      • Comitia: assemblies where Roman citizens met to vote                         elected magistrates. Magistracies. They were the various
         on laws and elect magistrates.                                               offices of government. Senate. It was the most important
      • Villa: house in the countryside, at the centre of the                        institution. It ratified laws, directed foreign policy and advised
         latifundium where the land was cultivated.                                   and supervised the magistrates.
      • Mare Nostrum: it means "Our Sea". The Romans gave                            Empire (27 BC– AD 476). Main institutions: the emperor, who
         this name to the Mediterranean Sea, because they                             assumed all powers, and the Senate, which ratified the
         conquered territories on the three continents that                           emperor's decisions.
         surround it.
262          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of               . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
3   The patricians were the ruling class, while the plebeians were                  9     Mosaics decorated floors and walls. The Romans learnt this
    the rest of the population. At the beginning of the Republic,                         technique from the Greeks and perfected it. Mosaics were
    the plebeians had very limited political rights. They were                            made from small, coloured pieces of tile called tesserae. The
    unhappy with this situation, and fought for equality with the                         tesserae were embedded into a surface like a jigsaw puzzle.
    patricians.                                                                           The mosaics depicted a variety of subjects: geometric
    In the 5th century BC, a representative (the Tribune of the                           shapes, animals, gladiator fights, scenes from everyday life,
    Plebs) was finally allowed to protect their interests in the                          etc. This mosaic has a mythological theme.
    Senate. The differences between plebeians and patricians                        10    The Romans were polytheists, which means that they
    continued to decrease. From the 4th century BC, plebeians                             believed in various deities. True.
    were allowed to serve as magistrates and senators.                                    They only worshipped the Capitoline Triad: Iuppiter, Iuno and
4   Between 500 and 250 BC, Rome expanded throughout the                                  Minerva. False.
    Italian Peninsula, by conquering or making alliances with                             Three groups of deities were worshipped at home: Lares,
    other cities.                                                                         Manes and Penates. True.
    Between the 3rd and 2nd centuries BC, Rome defeated the                               Jesus of Nazareth founded Christianity in the 1st century
    Carthaginians in the Punic Wars. They expanded into Africa,                           AD. True.
    the Península Ibérica and Baleares.
                                                                                          Rome considered the first Christians a threat because they
    Between the 2nd and 1st centuries BC, the Romans                                      did not worship the emperor. True.
    conquered Greece, Asia Minor, Syria and Egypt. They also
                                                                                          In AD 380, the emperor Diocletian declared Christianity the
    conquered Gallia and Hispania.
                                                                                          official religion of the Empire. False.
5   • Citizens: they were the people who had full rights. They
       could participate in politics, go to court or get married.
       There were great differences amongst citizens because
       the patricians remained the richest group.                                         Test A
    • Non-citizens: they did not have the rights of citizens.
    • Women: they still did not have many rights. However,                         1     • As a very rich city, where all the deities would want to live.
       women could own private property, manage businesses                                • Roman cities almost always followed the same model.
       and participate in festivals and public events.                                       They had a rectangular plan and parallel streets organised
    • Citizenship: at first, only the inhabitants of Rome had                               from two main axes or streets: the cardo, which went from
       Roman citizenship. Later, it was awarded to the inhabitants                           north to south, and the decumanus, which went from east
       of the Italian Peninsula and some cities in other provinces.                          to west. The forum was at (or near) the point where the
       In the 3rd century AD, Emperor Caracalla extended                                     two main roads crossed. The forum was a porticoed
       citizenship to all free men in the Roman Empire.                                      square, where political, cultural and social life took place.
6   In the 3rd century AD, the Empire suffered a serious crisis.                          • They called it Mare Nostrum, which means "Our Sea",
    The army had become so powerful that it was able to                                      because they conquered territories on the three continents
    appoint and replace emperors whenever it wanted to. This                                 that surround it.
    led to political instability. Moreover, the borders of the Empire               2     • The Empire.
    were attacked by Germanic tribes and Persians. The
                                                                                          • The Monarchy and the Republic.
    atmosphere of insecurity caused the population to leave the
                                                                                          • Augustus took the title of emperor and assumed all the
    cities and move to the countryside, thus reducing trade. In AD
                                                                                             powers. He ruled the Senate, was the supreme chief of the
    395, Emperor Theodosius divided the Empire in two to make
                                                                                             army and the highest religious authority, directed foreign
    it easier to defend, but his successors were weak emperors.
                                                                                             policy, dictated the laws and set the taxes. The Senate still
    Some Germanic peoples began to create their own kingdoms
                                                                                             existed, but could only confirm the emperor's decisions.
    within the Empire.
                                                                                          • From the 3rd century AD, the need for greater defence of
7   Agriculture: mainly vines, olives and wheat, and also fruits
                                                                                             the Empire gave immense power to the army. The army
    and vegetables.
                                                                                             began to appoint and replace emperors whenever it
    Mining: gold, silver, iron, copper, lead, tin and mercury.                               wanted to. This situation caused great political instability.
    Crafts. Small workshops: carpentry, ceramics, glass, etc.                                In addition, there was pressure on the borders from
    Large workshops: shipbuilding and fish salting.                                          Germanic tribes in the north, and Persians in the east. An
    Trade. Imports: spices, silk and cotton from China and India,                            atmosphere of insecurity significantly reduced trade, and
    amber and furs from the Baltic Sea, and slaves from Africa.                              people moved out of the cities and into the countryside.
8   A: theatre, comedies and tragedies were performed.                                        In AD 395, Emperor Theodosius divided the Empire in two
    B: victory arch, to commemorate important events in the                                   to make it easier to defend. But his successors were weak
    history of Rome.                                                                          emperors, and some Germanic peoples began to create
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of               . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   263
                     CRITERIOS, sABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
      11
                     ROMAN CIVILISATION. A GREAT EMPIRE
        their own kingdoms within the Empire.                               7    • A: theatre; B: victory arch; C: amphitheatre; D: thermae.
3     • Rich citizens, known as patricians.                                     • Roman architecture was practical, since many
      • There were two groups: citizens and non-citizens. Citizens                 constructions were designed to meet the needs of the
         had full rights: they could participate in politics, go to court           population. It was also monumental, as the works showed
         or get married. There were great differences amongst                       Rome's great power.
         citizens because the patricians remained the richest group.        8    • The temple was the place where the statue of a deity was
         Non-citizens did not have the rights of citizens. In addition,             kept. Priests performed rites in honour of the deity outside
         there were slaves and women.                                               the temples.
      • In the Republic, society was organised into three groups:               • Iuppiter, Iuno and Minerva.
         patricians were a minority group, formed of the richest,
                                                                                 • After the death of Jesus Christ, his followers were
         most powerful families. They owned most of the land and
                                                                                    persecuted by the Romans because they refused to
         held the most important political positions. Plebeians were
                                                                                    worship the emperor. In AD 313, emperor Constantinus
         the most numerous group. This group included peasants,
                                                                                    proclaimed religious freedom and Christians were allowed
         craftspeople and merchants. Most people in this group
                                                                                    to worship in public. In AD 380, the emperor Theodosius
         found it difficult to survive. Slaves were not considered
                                                                                    declared Christianity the only official religion of the Empire.
         people: they were thought of as objects that were owned
         by their masters. Slaves could become free if they bought
         their freedom or if their master set them free. Slaves who
         obtained their freedom became freed slaves.
4     • In the Republic.
      • Against the Carthaginians. The Punic Wars.
      • The conquests brought Rome new lands, taxes, etc. But
         wealth was in the hands of just a few people and inequality
         increased greatly. Wealthy people and merchants bought
         land in the conquered territories and became rich through
         trade. The situation for farmers worsened. Their harvests
         could not compete with the agricultural products that
         arrived from the occupied lands in large quantities and at
         low prices. Many slaves were acquired from the conquests,
         which left fewer jobs for the Roman population. The Senate
         did not control the governors in the provinces very well,
         and corruption spread. This caused great discontent.
264          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                      Pre-Roman and Roman
                                   Hispania. A cultural mosaic                                                                                            12
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   265
         12                        Pre-Roman and Roman
                                   Hispania. A cultural mosaic
                                   Personalised learning
                                   Starting the unit .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                 268
                                   Reinforcement
                                   • Essential concepts and content
                                        Sheet 1. The Celtic and Iberian peoples .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                            270
                                   •    Techniques
                                        Sheet 3. The Roman conquest and Romanisation .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                                  272
                                   •    Go further
                                        Sheet 4. What happened in Hispania? .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                             273
                                   Extension
                                        Sheet 5. Celtic castros and Greek colonies .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                               274
                                        Sheet 6. The importance of women in Iberian art.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                             275
                                        Sheet 7. Were there famous Romans in Hispania?. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                                               276
                                   Assessment resources
                                   Self-assessment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                   281
                                   Assessment
                                   • Assessment tests
                                        Test B .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   282
                                        Test A . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .    284
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                                    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.                                        267
       12
                               STARTING THE UNIT
GOAL 10
      STARTING POINT
        Museums are windows to our history. The photo at the beginning of the unit comes from the exhibition
      • 
        "La Dama, el Príncipe, el Héroe y la Diosa", which shows four archetypes of the Iberian people. It consists
        of more than 300 pieces. The exhibition allows us to know more about the art and crafts of the Iberians in
        a province, Jaén, that has more than 500 archaeological sites related to this pre-Roman culture. The exhibition
        includes sculptures with Greek and Phoenician influences, pottery and jewels.
      • T
         he legacy of the peoples of Antiquity remains very present. The infographic at the beginning of the
        unit in the Student's Book highlights the importance of the archaeological remains of the peoples who lived on
        the Península Ibérica during Antiquity. The Celts, Iberians, Greeks, Phoenicians, Carthaginians and Romans
        left various signs of their lifestyles. The infographic allows students to appreciate the cultural and artistic
        diversity and the high degree of artistic and cultural development of these peoples.
        It also allows students to understand that all these peoples are an integral part of our past, and that our
        present culture is the synthesis of those that preceded us. Students can see how important it is to preserve
        historical heritage in order to better understand our world.
268         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                       Personalised
                                                                       learning
                                                                       Reinforcement
                                                                       Extension
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of   . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   269
                                                                                                                          PRE-ROMAN AND ROMAN HISPANIA.
    SHEET 1           REINFORCEMENT                                                                                             A CULTURAL MOSAIC
peoples Cántabros Va
                                                                                            s
                                                                                          aico
                                                                                                                                                          sco
                                                                                                                                                                ne
                                                                                                                                                                   s
Gal
                                                                                                                     es
                                                                                                                                vacceos
                                                                                                                                                                 Ile
                                                                                                                                                                     rg
                                                                                                                ur
                                                                                                                                                         et                                                      s
                                                                                                                                                            es                                              no
1     Look at the map and answer.
                                                                                                              st
                                                                                                                                                                                                       ta
                                                                                                                                          Arevacos Lusones                                        ye
                                                                                                          A
                                                                                                                                                                                             La
      • Complete the key with the areas of influence                                                          ne
                                                                                                                     s
                                                                                                                                           os
                                                                                                                                                                                s
                                                                                                          to                    etan
                                                                                                                                                                            no
                                                                                                   Ve                    Carp
                                                                                                                                                                                a
                                                                                         Lu
         coloured orange and green on the map.                                                                                                  es
                                                                                                                                                                      Edet
                                                                                                                                          ad
                                                                                           si
                                                                                                                                      Olc
                                                                                            ta
                                                                                               no
      • What peoples were living in the area                                                                                      Oretanos                                os
                                                                                                                                                                       n
                                                                                                          s
                                                                                                                                                                    sta
         where your autonomous community is located?                                                 co
                                                                                                 lti                            os
                                                                                                                                                            C on t e
                                                                                            Cé                            tan                                                                                a
                                                                                                                     de                                os                                               Se
         Were they Iberian or Celtic settlers?                                                                   r                              etan
                                                                                                              Tu                      Bast                                                   ne
                                                                                                                                                                                                a   n
                                                                                                                                                                                         a
                                                                                                                                                                                    rr
      • Circle the area of influence of Tartessos.                                                                                                                         te
                                                                                     ATLANTIC                                                                         di
                                                                                                                                                                Me
                                                                                      OCEAN
      • Why were there no Iberian or Celtic villages
                                                                                                                                                                                    Area of influence
         in the Islas Canarias?                                                                                                                                                              ........................
                                                                                                                                                                                              Celtic and Celtiberian
                                                                                                                                                                                             ........................
                                                                                                                                                                                              Iberian
                                                                                                   
                                                                       Location
                                                                                                   
                                                                            959069_U12_p202_h01_pueblos_celtas_iberos_peninsula_iberica
                                                                                                   
                                                                       Habitat
                                                                                                   
                                                                                                   
                                                                       Society
                                                                                                   
                                                                                                   
                                                                       Economy
                                                                                                   
                                                                   Beliefs,                        
                                                               culture and art                     
SIMILARITIES
            
            
           
270            GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                           PRE-ROMAN AND ROMAN HISPANIA.
      SHEET 2       REINFORCEMENT                                                                                A CULTURAL MOSAIC
  The colonisers
  1    Complete the diagram about the colonising peoples that arrived in Hispania.
                        Where they came from              What they founded on the                                       What their objective was
                                                                 peninsula
PHOENICIANS
GREEKS
CARTHAGINIANS
2 Mark on the map where the colonising peoples came from and what colonies they founded on the Península Ibérica.
  GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   271
                                                                                                        PRE-ROMAN AND ROMAN HISPANIA.
    SHEET 3         REINFORCEMENT                                                                             A CULTURAL MOSAIC
                    Techniques
       Name:                                                                              Year:                            Date:
         A                                             B                                          C
                                                                                      561819_12_p12b_conquista_romana
Las Médulas (León) Roman mosaic, Mérida (Badajoz) Roman bust (Valladolid)
D E F
Remains of the Roman city of Mérida Las Ferreras aqueduct (Tarragona) Roman road, Carteia (Cádiz)
      • Photo A: What are Las Médulas? What mineral products were the Romans looking for?
      • Photo B: What does the mosaic represent? What were the main crops grown in Hispania? How were they grown?
      • Photo C. Which social group does the man represent? What are his hairstyle and clothes like?
      • Photo D: Name some important cities in Hispania. What buildings can you see in the photo?
      • Photo E: What were aqueducts for?
      • Photo F: What purpose did the roads play in the Romanisation of Hispania? Which were the most important Roman
                  roads in Hispania?
272          GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                               PRE-ROMAN AND ROMAN HISPANIA.
    SHEET 4          REINFORCEMENT                                                                                   A CULTURAL MOSAIC
                     Go further
      Name:                                                                                     Year:                            Date:
2    Read the texts. What positive points do they both make about the peninsula? In what other ways are the texts similar?
     When was each text written? Add this information to your report.
       Immediately after Italy, and not including the fabulous                                 Hispania shapes the limits of Europe. It is
       regions of India, I speak of Hispania, or at least the coastal                          located between Africa and Gaul and is bordered
       regions: it's true that the region is poor in some parts, but                           by the Pirineos and the ocean. The powerful sun
       in the area where it's fertile, there is an abundance of                                does not burn the land, as it does in Africa.
       cereals, oil, wine, horses and metals of all different types,                           Unlike Gaul, it isn't battered by continuous
       just like in Gaul. Hispania, however, beats Gaul for the                                winds. Placed between both lands, Hispania is
       esparto from its desert regions, its beautiful colours and the                          quite the opposite as it has good temperatures
       spirit of work, which derives from its robust slaves and                                and timely rains that make it a fertile land.
       tough men, as well as its passionate heart.                                                                  Pompeius Trogus, collected by Justin,
                   Natural History, Pliny the Elder, around AD 70 (Adapted)                                                           3rd century AD (Adapted)
3    After you have written the introduction, focus on the Roman conquest. Remember that to be able to write this section,
     you need to answer the five basic questions that journalists use.
        What? Explain what led the Romans                 Who? Indicate who were the main                                   How? What were the phases
        to conquer Hispania.                              protagonists in the conquest.                                     of the conquest?
               When? How long did it take for the Romans                     Why? Explain the advantages to the
               to conquer the whole peninsula?                               Romans of having Hispania in their empire.
4    For the final part of your report, write about the Roman legacy of Hispania.
     • Analyse Romanisation with respect to these factors: language, religion, rights, cities.
     • Do you think that the Romanisation of Hispania was positive or negative? Explain your answer.
5 Write your report in no more than 30 lines. To finish your report, answer the question.
WHAT IF…
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of          . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   273
                                                                                                    PRE-ROMAN AND ROMAN HISPANIA.
    SHEET 5         EXTENSION
                                                                                                          A CULTURAL MOSAIC
      Your class will be divided into two groups: group A will analyse a castro (a Celtic settlement) and group B will analyse
      a Greek colony.
GROUP A GROUP B
1     First, decide where on the Península Ibérica                     1    First, decide where on the Península Ibérica you should
      you should locate your castro. What areas were                        locate your colony. Where did the Greeks first settle on
      occupied by the Celts?                                                the peninsula?
274         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                              PRE-ROMAN AND ROMAN HISPANIA.
     SHEET 6       EXTENSION
                                                                                                                    A CULTURAL MOSAIC
 1   	
      Look at the photos and answer.
       A                               B
                                                                                                          D
                                      (A) Gran Dama Oferente del Cerro de Los Santos (Albacete). (B) Leona de Baena (Jaén).
                                      (C) Iberian votive offerings from Castellar (Jaén). (D) Dama de Baza (Granada).
      • What type of sculpture does each photo show?                          4    Read the text by Roman historian, Strabo.
      • Look for information about why female figures were
                                                                                   The women work and give birth under a tree on the
        represented so often in Iberian sculpture.
                                                                                   same land, then continue working. The husband
                                                                                   gives goods, in the form of a dowry, to the wife. The
 2    Select one of the sculptures and complete                                    daughters receive the inheritance and also choose
      the fact sheet.                                                              wives for their brothers. These are the traditions of
                                                                                   a gynecocracy, a society ruled by women. It cannot
     Sculpture:                                                                    be called a civilised society.
                                                                                                                                                 Strabo (Adapted)
        Where it was found:
        The type of material used:                                                 • How does Strabo describe Iberian women? Do you
                                                                                       think it is an accurate description?
        The main characteristics:                                                  • Why do you think this society cannot be called civilised?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   275
    SHEET 7         EXTENSION
      Many Roman men and women who became famous, or even held the position of emperor, were born in Hispania.
      You are going to find out about some of them.
POLITICS
1 Three important emperors were born in Hispania: Traianus, Hadrianus and Theodosius.
           Traianus governed the state in such a way                     Envious of the glory of Traianus,
           that he stands above other emperors,                          Hadrianus abandoned the three
           deservedly, for his politeness and bravery.                   provinces that Traianus had added. Hadrianus called
           Before him, Augustus nobly defended the                       back the armies from Assyria, Mesopotamia and
           borders of Rome. Traianus, however,                           Armenia, and he wanted the Euphrates to be the limit of
           extended the empire far and wide. He                          the empire. However, he had peace during his time as
           reorganised cities beyond the Rhine in                        emperor as he only had to fight once to defend the
           Germania and won Dacia, defeating King                        empire. Hadrianus protected the Roman world by
           Decebalus. Traianus then converted Dacia                      surrounding it with walls and constructing many
           into another province beyond the Danube                       buildings. He was eloquent in Latin and erudite in Greek.
           River, in fields that the Taifals, Victohali, and             He did not have a reputation for mercy but he was diligent
           Thervingi now occupy.                                         with the treasury and in keeping the soldiers disciplined.
                   The Merits of Traianus, Eutropius (Adapted)                           Time of Peace in the Empire, Eutropius (Adapted)
      • Compare the two texts. How does Eutropius praise each leader? What does he mention about each one? Which leader did
         he prefer? Why do you think so?
      • Write a brief biography of one of these emperors: Traianus, Hadrianus or Theodosius. Include where they were born, when
         they became emperor, anything important about their time in power, constructions they had built, how and when they died,
         and who succeeded them.
      • Other figures born in Hispania were also important politicians. Look for information and complete the table.
Person Where they were born When (if it is known) What role they had
SPORTS
276         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                             PRE-ROMAN AND ROMAN HISPANIA.
                                                                                                                   A CULTURAL MOSAIC
CULTURE
3 There were also important cultural figures. You are going to learn about three of them.
         Egeria. The blessed nun, Egeria was consumed by a flame of desire for divine grace. With the support of
         the Lord, the strong and fearless Egeria went on a long journey around the globe. Step by step and with the
         protection of the Lord, she made it to the sacred, longed-for site of the birth, passion and resurrection of
         Jesus Christ. She also visited the bodies of martyrs located across various provinces and cities to pray before
         them and nurture her devotion.
                                                         Letter from Saint Valerius to Abbot Donadeus, around AD 680 (Adapted)
       – Look for information about the people. Where were they born or where do people believe they came from?
       – Read Martial's epigrams. What were epigrams? What do these
         examples talk about?
       – These epigrams are similar to short tweets. Write an epigram
         or tweet in which you review a current aspect of your daily life.
       – Why was Seneca famous? What happened at the end of his life?
       – Seneca's text is for Nero. Was Nero considered a good emperor?
         Would he listen to and accept this advice?
       – What do we know of Egeria? Search for information and explain
         why the fragment of this letter is important.
    • Mark on the map the origins of all the people that you have just
       learnt about. Which region are they mostly from? Which Roman
       province did they belong to? Where does it correspond to today?
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of        . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   277
                                                                                                              561819_12_p12b_conquista_romana
Assessment
resources
Self-assessment
Assessment
                  279
    12             SELF-ASSESSMENT
5 The Carthaginians… b. that the legionaries kept all the arable land.
         a.	gained control of the entire Península Ibérica                                 c.	that the indigenous population adopted the
             and dominated Mediterranean trade.                                                 Roman language, religion and law.
                                                                                            1. a, 2. b, 3. a, 4. a, 5. b, 6. c, 7. b, 8. b, 9. a, 10. c.
                                                                                                                                                     ANSWER KEY
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   281
    12              ASSESSMENT
1 Complete the table to compare the characteristics of the Iberians and the Celts. (2 p.)
Location
        Settlements and
        houses
Beliefs
Economy
2 Explain the characteristics of the colonising peoples who arrived on the Península Ibérica. (1.5 p.)
Phoenicians
Greeks
Carthaginians
282         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of      . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                             TEST B
5 List some products that the Romans obtained from Hispania with these activities. (1 p.)
• Mining:
• Agriculture:
• Crafts:
• Trade:
    
7   What were the main changes brought about by Romanisation? (1 p.)
    
8 Look at the photos. Explain how they helped the Romans live in Hispania. (1.5 p.)
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       283
    12                     ASSESSMENT
      You have just arrived with your family at the port of Carthago Nova. Your father is a retired legionary who has been
      given land near the city of Emerita Augusta. You are on your way there.
• Who did they fight against for control of the Mediterranean? What was the result?
      • What other peoples were on the Península Ibérica before Carthago Nova's founders?
         Name some trading posts or colonies that they founded.
2     To get to your destination you are going to travel along a network of roads. (1.5 p.)
      • What is Romanisation? 
3     Look at the map and answer the questions. (1.5 p.)                                                                            Cant abr i an   Sea
                                                                                              Brigantium     Lucus
      • Which province did Carthago Nova belong to?                                                         AugustiLucus
                                                                                                                    Asturum
                                                                                                Aquae
                                                                                                Caldae              Asturica             Pompaelo
                                                                                                                                                                  Emporion
                                                                                                      GALLAECIA Augusta Segisamum          TARRACONENSIS
                                                                                                                 Palantia       Numantia          Osca            Gerunda
                                                                                        AN
                                                                                               Bracara                                        Caesaraugusta
                                                                                               Augusta
                                                                                                                      Septimanca
      • Which province did Emerita Augusta belong to?                                                                                                         Barcino
                                                                                  OCE
                                                                                                                                         Bilbilis      a
                                                                                                         Salmantica        Segovia
                                                                                                                                                                      st
                                                                                                                                    Segontia             Tarraco
                                                                                                                                                                    gu
                                                                                                                                a
                                                                                                                                                                  Au
                                                                                                                             lat
Vía
                                                                                         Scallabis                                                      Valentia
                                                                                                                                     Consaburum
      • When were these provinces established?                                          Olisipo            Emerita
                                                                                                                        Sisapo
                                                                                                                                                                  Ebussus
                                                                                                            Augusta                          Saetabis
                                                                                                                          Mellaria
                                                                                                             Regina                                    Lucentum
                                                                                                            Italica
                                                                                                                       BA ETI CA
                                                                                                                                                                           e
                                                                                                                                                                             a
                                                                                                                                                                         S
                                                                                                             Hispalis      Corduba       Basti    Carthago Nova
                                                                                             Ossonoba
      • Which cities will you pass through on the journey                                                                                                    a n
                                                                                                            Gades                                         n e
                                                                                                                                                   r r a
         between Carthago Nova and Emerita Augusta?                                                                      Carteia            i t
                                                                                                                                                e
                                                                                                                                   M e d                 Tarraco Capital
                                                                                                                                                                           City
                                                                                                                                                                          Roman road
284                GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of                     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                                                                                     TEST A
4    Your father wants to use the lands he has been given for agriculture. (1.5 p.)
     • What were the main crops grown in Hispania? 
5    Who lives in the area you are going to settle in? Answer the questions. (1.5 p.)
     • Are they all free people? 
6 In this territory, people still remember the battles against Viriathus. Read the text. (1.5 p.)
7    Besides this people, what other people were living on the Península Ibérica when the Romans arrived? (1.5 p.)
     • Where were they located? 
8    On your journey, you have seen these constructions. Explain what they were. Why were cities important? (1.5 p.)
         
A B
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of               . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.       285
      12              CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
                                                                               Actividades
                             Criterios                                                                                         Saberes relacionados
                                                                       Prueba B             Prueba A
Test B
286            GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of              . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
    develop. They had their own currency.                                              was practised at first, and later Christianity (from the 2nd
    Celts: the economy was self-sufficient, they traded very little                    century AD). Cities developed, and became centres for the
    with other peoples. They were mainly livestock farmers, but                        spread of Roman lifestyle and culture.
    they also hunted animals and cultivated cereals. They were                   8     Aqueduct: built to bring water to the cities. It was an
    expert metallurgists. They also made pottery and textiles.
                                                                                       improvement that was carried out in the cities.
2   Phoenicians.
                                                                                       Roman road: it served to connect all the cities of the Roman
    Place of origin: east coast of the Mediterranean (Tyre, Byblos
                                                                                       Empire, and facilitated trade.
    and Sidon). Places they founded: Gadir (present-day Cádiz),
    Sexi (Almuñécar), Malaca (Málaga) and Abdera (Adra).                               Amphitheatre: it was used to host gladiator fights. These
    Objectives: to trade with other peoples, especially Tartessos.                     buildings contributed greatly to Romanisation.
    Greeks.
                                                                                       Test A
    Place of origin: eastern Mediterranean. Places they founded:
    Rhodes (Roses), Hemeroskopeion (Dénia) and Emporion                          1     • The Carthaginians.
    (Ampurias). Objectives: they arrived in search of metals,
    esparto grass, flax, salt and salted fish.                                         • The Phoenicians.
    Carthaginians.                                                                     • Against the Romans. The Romans won, and took full
    Place of origin: Carthage. Places they founded: Carthago                              control of the Mediterranean.
    Nova (Cartagena) and Ebyssos (Ibiza). Objectives: as well as                       • The Greeks and the Phoenicians. The Greeks founded:
    trade, they had a military objective. They wanted to conquer                          Rhodes (Roses), Hemeroskopeion (Dénia) and Emporion
    new territory and also fought with Rome for control of                                (Ampurias). The Phoenicians founded: Gadir (present-day
    the Mediterranean.                                                                    Cádiz), Sexi (Almuñécar), Malaca (Málaga) and Abdera
3   First stage (218–197 BC). The Romans landed in the city of                            (Adra).
    Emporion (218 BC) and conquered the Mediterranean coast                      2     • See answer to Activity 6 of Test B.
    and the Ebro and Guadalquivir valleys.
                                                                                       • They connected all the territories that were part of the
    Second stage (154–133 BC). The Romans occupied the
                                                                                          Roman Empire so Roman culture could spread more easily.
    Meseta Central. They had to fight against the Lusitanians,
    led by Viriathus, and the Celtiberians in the city of Numantia.                    • See answer to Activity 7 of Test B
    Third stage (29–19 BC). The Romans occupied the north                        3     • To Carthaginensis.
    of the peninsula. Some groups, like the Vascones, were never                       • To Lusitania.
    conquered. After the Cantabrian Wars, Octavianus declared
    the conquest complete.                                                             • In the 3rd century AD.
4   Families from Rome and those related to the patricians were                        • Cities: Basti, Corduba, Hispalis, Italica and Regina.
    very rich and owned large estates, or latifundia. The next                   4     • Grapes, olives, wheat.
    group consisted of the most prominent indigenous families,
                                                                                       • They introduced the Roman plough, new irrigation
    who held important positions in Hispania. Below them were
                                                                                          techniques and the use of fallow land.
    the plebeians, made up of craftspeople, merchants, owners
    of small rural properties and other marginalised groups.                           • Yes, there was trade. Hispania exported wheat, wine, olive
                                                                                          oil, salted fish, linen, metals and slaves. It imported luxury
5   • Mining: gold, silver, iron, lead, copper and mercury.
                                                                                          items, such as perfume.
    • Agriculture: grapes, olives, wheat.
                                                                                       • Pottery, olive oil, wine, linen, esparto grass and salted fish.
    • Crafts: pottery, olive oil, wine, linen, esparto grass
       and salted fish.                                                          5     • No, Hispanic-Roman society was divided into two groups:
                                                                                          free people and slaves. The slaves were generally
    • Trade: Hispania exported wheat, wine, olive oil, salted fish,
                                                                                          inhabitants of cities that had revolted against Rome.
       linen, metals and slaves. It imported luxury products, such
       as perfume.                                                                     • 
                                                                                         The power that free people had depended on their wealth.
                                                                                         Families from Rome and those related to the patricians were
6   Romanisation was the process by which the people in
                                                                                         very rich and owned large estates, or latifundia. The next
    territories conquered by Rome slowly adopted Roman
                                                                                         group consisted of the most prominent indigenous families,
    culture. One of the main vehicles of Romanisation were the
                                                                                         who held important positions in Hispania. Below them were
    retired Roman legionaries, who were given land in the
                                                                                         the plebeians, made up of craftspeople, merchants, owners
    provinces. Urban development also favoured Romanisation.
                                                                                         of small rural properties and other marginalised groups.
7   Romanisation brought several changes. The Roman language,                            The inhabitants of cities that had revolted against the Roman
    Latin, began to replace the indigenous languages. Roman law                          occupation became slaves. Slaves worked in the mines,
    was introduced, which meant that all the inhabitants of                              in the fields or did domestic tasks. In some cases, slaves
    Hispania were subject to the same laws. The Roman religion                           became gladiators or chariot racers.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of            . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   287
      12             CRITERIOS, SABERES RELACIONADOS Y SOLUCIONARIO
288         GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
Other assessment
tools
                 OTHER ASSESSMENT TOOLS
In each section of the circle, indicate the level achieved by the student based on their progress
in the levels of performance.
                                                                                                                    4
                                                                                                                                               PARTICIPATES
                                                                                                        3
                                                                                                                                                 ACTIVELY
  EXPRESSES
  THEIR OWN                                                                                 2
   OPINION
     PAYS                                                                                                                                   COLLABORATES
  ATTENTION                                                                                                                                     WITH
                                                                                                                                               OTHERS
290       GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of     . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                  OTHER ASSESSMENT TOOLS
Mark with an X the best description of how your classmate did the activities.
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of    . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.     291
                  OTHER ASSESSMENT TOOLS
                                                                                                                               Almost
                                                                                                    Always                                             Sometimes
                                                                                                                               always
Presentation
  The notebook follows the order indicated in class and is free of blank spaces
  or pages with other contents.
  The notebook or notes are tidy, with nothing crossed out, and the margins
  are correct. The student’s details and the subject can be seen clearly.
Organisation of information
  The contents are divided into terms and the date the activity was done
  is written down on the page.
292       GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of            . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                             Term:                                   Subject:                                Team 1    Team 2    Team 3    Team 4
Cohesion They are willing to request and offer help to the group.
293
                  OTHER ASSESSMENT TOOLS
For each competence, indicate the level achieved by the student based on their progress
in the levels of performance.
                                                                                  MA
                                                                                 TE THE
                                                                                   C      MA
                                                                                EN HN
                                                 L                                GI    OL TIC
                                                                                     NE OG AL,
                                             GUA                                       ER     Y      S
                                         ILIN                                             IN AN CIE
                                   M ULT                                                    G      D   NC
                                                                                              (ST         E,
                                                                                                  EM
                                                                                                     )
                                                                                                           3
        CY
                                                                                                                                               DI
                                                                                               2
                                                                                                                                                 GI
      RA
                                                                                                                                                   TA
      TE
                                                                                                                                                      L
  LI
CULTURAL
AWARENESS
AND                                                                                                                                          PERSONAL,
EXPRESSION                                                                                                                                   SOCIAL AND
                                                                                                                                             LEARNING TO
                                                                                                                                             LEARN
                                   ENT
                                       REP
                                           REN                                                      IP
                                                EUR                                       E  NSH
                                                     SHI
                                                        P                          C ITIZ
294        GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of       . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.
                                                                                                     PROJECTS OR TASKS INTEGRATED INTO
                              KEY COMPETENCES                                                          THE SUBJECT THAT WILL BE USED
                                                                                                        TO ASSESS THIS COMPETENCE
GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY 1 SECONDARY Content courtesy of         . Physical redistribution and/or communication on the internet or on social networks is prohibited.   295
Art director: José Crespo
Cover design: Estudio Pep Carrió